1 /* 2 * This file is part of gtkD. 3 * 4 * gtkD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License 6 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 7 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version, with 8 * some exceptions, please read the COPYING file. 9 * 10 * gtkD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 11 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 12 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 13 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. 14 * 15 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License 16 * along with gtkD; if not, write to the Free Software 17 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA 18 */ 19 20 // generated automatically - do not change 21 // find conversion definition on APILookup.txt 22 // implement new conversion functionalities on the wrap.utils pakage 23 24 25 module gio.c.types; 26 27 public import glib.c.types; 28 public import gobject.c.types; 29 30 31 /** 32 * Flags used when creating a #GAppInfo. 33 */ 34 public enum GAppInfoCreateFlags 35 { 36 /** 37 * No flags. 38 */ 39 NONE = 0, 40 /** 41 * Application opens in a terminal window. 42 */ 43 NEEDS_TERMINAL = 1, 44 /** 45 * Application supports URI arguments. 46 */ 47 SUPPORTS_URIS = 2, 48 /** 49 * Application supports startup notification. Since 2.26 50 */ 51 SUPPORTS_STARTUP_NOTIFICATION = 4, 52 } 53 alias GAppInfoCreateFlags AppInfoCreateFlags; 54 55 /** 56 * Flags used to define the behaviour of a #GApplication. 57 * 58 * Since: 2.28 59 */ 60 public enum GApplicationFlags 61 { 62 /** 63 * Default 64 */ 65 FLAGS_NONE = 0, 66 /** 67 * Run as a service. In this mode, registration 68 * fails if the service is already running, and the application 69 * will initially wait up to 10 seconds for an initial activation 70 * message to arrive. 71 */ 72 IS_SERVICE = 1, 73 /** 74 * Don't try to become the primary instance. 75 */ 76 IS_LAUNCHER = 2, 77 /** 78 * This application handles opening files (in 79 * the primary instance). Note that this flag only affects the default 80 * implementation of local_command_line(), and has no effect if 81 * %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is given. 82 * See g_application_run() for details. 83 */ 84 HANDLES_OPEN = 4, 85 /** 86 * This application handles command line 87 * arguments (in the primary instance). Note that this flag only affect 88 * the default implementation of local_command_line(). 89 * See g_application_run() for details. 90 */ 91 HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE = 8, 92 /** 93 * Send the environment of the 94 * launching process to the primary instance. Set this flag if your 95 * application is expected to behave differently depending on certain 96 * environment variables. For instance, an editor might be expected 97 * to use the `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME` environment variable 98 * when editing a git commit message. The environment is available 99 * to the #GApplication::command-line signal handler, via 100 * g_application_command_line_getenv(). 101 */ 102 SEND_ENVIRONMENT = 16, 103 /** 104 * Make no attempts to do any of the typical 105 * single-instance application negotiation, even if the application 106 * ID is given. The application neither attempts to become the 107 * owner of the application ID nor does it check if an existing 108 * owner already exists. Everything occurs in the local process. 109 * Since: 2.30. 110 */ 111 NON_UNIQUE = 32, 112 /** 113 * Allow users to override the 114 * application ID from the command line with `--gapplication-app-id`. 115 * Since: 2.48 116 */ 117 CAN_OVERRIDE_APP_ID = 64, 118 } 119 alias GApplicationFlags ApplicationFlags; 120 121 /** 122 * #GAskPasswordFlags are used to request specific information from the 123 * user, or to notify the user of their choices in an authentication 124 * situation. 125 */ 126 public enum GAskPasswordFlags 127 { 128 /** 129 * operation requires a password. 130 */ 131 NEED_PASSWORD = 1, 132 /** 133 * operation requires a username. 134 */ 135 NEED_USERNAME = 2, 136 /** 137 * operation requires a domain. 138 */ 139 NEED_DOMAIN = 4, 140 /** 141 * operation supports saving settings. 142 */ 143 SAVING_SUPPORTED = 8, 144 /** 145 * operation supports anonymous users. 146 */ 147 ANONYMOUS_SUPPORTED = 16, 148 } 149 alias GAskPasswordFlags AskPasswordFlags; 150 151 /** 152 * Flags used in g_bus_own_name(). 153 * 154 * Since: 2.26 155 */ 156 public enum GBusNameOwnerFlags 157 { 158 /** 159 * No flags set. 160 */ 161 NONE = 0, 162 /** 163 * Allow another message bus connection to claim the name. 164 */ 165 ALLOW_REPLACEMENT = 1, 166 /** 167 * If another message bus connection owns the name and have 168 * specified #G_BUS_NAME_OWNER_FLAGS_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT, then take the name from the other connection. 169 */ 170 REPLACE = 2, 171 /** 172 * If another message bus connection owns the name, immediately 173 * return an error from g_bus_own_name() rather than entering the waiting queue for that name. (Since 2.54) 174 */ 175 DO_NOT_QUEUE = 4, 176 } 177 alias GBusNameOwnerFlags BusNameOwnerFlags; 178 179 /** 180 * Flags used in g_bus_watch_name(). 181 * 182 * Since: 2.26 183 */ 184 public enum GBusNameWatcherFlags 185 { 186 /** 187 * No flags set. 188 */ 189 NONE = 0, 190 /** 191 * If no-one owns the name when 192 * beginning to watch the name, ask the bus to launch an owner for the 193 * name. 194 */ 195 AUTO_START = 1, 196 } 197 alias GBusNameWatcherFlags BusNameWatcherFlags; 198 199 /** 200 * An enumeration for well-known message buses. 201 * 202 * Since: 2.26 203 */ 204 public enum GBusType 205 { 206 /** 207 * An alias for the message bus that activated the process, if any. 208 */ 209 STARTER = -1, 210 /** 211 * Not a message bus. 212 */ 213 NONE = 0, 214 /** 215 * The system-wide message bus. 216 */ 217 SYSTEM = 1, 218 /** 219 * The login session message bus. 220 */ 221 SESSION = 2, 222 } 223 alias GBusType BusType; 224 225 /** 226 * Flags used when calling a g_converter_convert(). 227 * 228 * Since: 2.24 229 */ 230 public enum GConverterFlags 231 { 232 /** 233 * No flags. 234 */ 235 NONE = 0, 236 /** 237 * At end of input data 238 */ 239 INPUT_AT_END = 1, 240 /** 241 * Flush data 242 */ 243 FLUSH = 2, 244 } 245 alias GConverterFlags ConverterFlags; 246 247 /** 248 * Results returned from g_converter_convert(). 249 * 250 * Since: 2.24 251 */ 252 public enum GConverterResult 253 { 254 /** 255 * There was an error during conversion. 256 */ 257 ERROR = 0, 258 /** 259 * Some data was consumed or produced 260 */ 261 CONVERTED = 1, 262 /** 263 * The conversion is finished 264 */ 265 FINISHED = 2, 266 /** 267 * Flushing is finished 268 */ 269 FLUSHED = 3, 270 } 271 alias GConverterResult ConverterResult; 272 273 /** 274 * Enumeration describing different kinds of native credential types. 275 * 276 * Since: 2.26 277 */ 278 public enum GCredentialsType 279 { 280 /** 281 * Indicates an invalid native credential type. 282 */ 283 INVALID = 0, 284 /** 285 * The native credentials type is a struct ucred. 286 */ 287 LINUX_UCRED = 1, 288 /** 289 * The native credentials type is a struct cmsgcred. 290 */ 291 FREEBSD_CMSGCRED = 2, 292 /** 293 * The native credentials type is a struct sockpeercred. Added in 2.30. 294 */ 295 OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED = 3, 296 /** 297 * The native credentials type is a ucred_t. Added in 2.40. 298 */ 299 SOLARIS_UCRED = 4, 300 /** 301 * The native credentials type is a struct unpcbid. 302 */ 303 NETBSD_UNPCBID = 5, 304 } 305 alias GCredentialsType CredentialsType; 306 307 /** 308 * Flags used in g_dbus_connection_call() and similar APIs. 309 * 310 * Since: 2.26 311 */ 312 public enum GDBusCallFlags 313 { 314 /** 315 * No flags set. 316 */ 317 NONE = 0, 318 /** 319 * The bus must not launch 320 * an owner for the destination name in response to this method 321 * invocation. 322 */ 323 NO_AUTO_START = 1, 324 /** 325 * the caller is prepared to 326 * wait for interactive authorization. Since 2.46. 327 */ 328 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 2, 329 } 330 alias GDBusCallFlags DBusCallFlags; 331 332 /** 333 * Capabilities negotiated with the remote peer. 334 * 335 * Since: 2.26 336 */ 337 public enum GDBusCapabilityFlags 338 { 339 /** 340 * No flags set. 341 */ 342 NONE = 0, 343 /** 344 * The connection 345 * supports exchanging UNIX file descriptors with the remote peer. 346 */ 347 UNIX_FD_PASSING = 1, 348 } 349 alias GDBusCapabilityFlags DBusCapabilityFlags; 350 351 /** 352 * Flags used when creating a new #GDBusConnection. 353 * 354 * Since: 2.26 355 */ 356 public enum GDBusConnectionFlags 357 { 358 /** 359 * No flags set. 360 */ 361 NONE = 0, 362 /** 363 * Perform authentication against server. 364 */ 365 AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT = 1, 366 /** 367 * Perform authentication against client. 368 */ 369 AUTHENTICATION_SERVER = 2, 370 /** 371 * When 372 * authenticating as a server, allow the anonymous authentication 373 * method. 374 */ 375 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 4, 376 /** 377 * Pass this flag if connecting to a peer that is a 378 * message bus. This means that the Hello() method will be invoked as part of the connection setup. 379 */ 380 MESSAGE_BUS_CONNECTION = 8, 381 /** 382 * If set, processing of D-Bus messages is 383 * delayed until g_dbus_connection_start_message_processing() is called. 384 */ 385 DELAY_MESSAGE_PROCESSING = 16, 386 } 387 alias GDBusConnectionFlags DBusConnectionFlags; 388 389 /** 390 * Error codes for the %G_DBUS_ERROR error domain. 391 * 392 * Since: 2.26 393 */ 394 public enum GDBusError 395 { 396 /** 397 * A generic error; "something went wrong" - see the error message for 398 * more. 399 */ 400 FAILED = 0, 401 /** 402 * There was not enough memory to complete an operation. 403 */ 404 NO_MEMORY = 1, 405 /** 406 * The bus doesn't know how to launch a service to supply the bus name 407 * you wanted. 408 */ 409 SERVICE_UNKNOWN = 2, 410 /** 411 * The bus name you referenced doesn't exist (i.e. no application owns 412 * it). 413 */ 414 NAME_HAS_NO_OWNER = 3, 415 /** 416 * No reply to a message expecting one, usually means a timeout occurred. 417 */ 418 NO_REPLY = 4, 419 /** 420 * Something went wrong reading or writing to a socket, for example. 421 */ 422 IO_ERROR = 5, 423 /** 424 * A D-Bus bus address was malformed. 425 */ 426 BAD_ADDRESS = 6, 427 /** 428 * Requested operation isn't supported (like ENOSYS on UNIX). 429 */ 430 NOT_SUPPORTED = 7, 431 /** 432 * Some limited resource is exhausted. 433 */ 434 LIMITS_EXCEEDED = 8, 435 /** 436 * Security restrictions don't allow doing what you're trying to do. 437 */ 438 ACCESS_DENIED = 9, 439 /** 440 * Authentication didn't work. 441 */ 442 AUTH_FAILED = 10, 443 /** 444 * Unable to connect to server (probably caused by ECONNREFUSED on a 445 * socket). 446 */ 447 NO_SERVER = 11, 448 /** 449 * Certain timeout errors, possibly ETIMEDOUT on a socket. Note that 450 * %G_DBUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY is used for message reply timeouts. Warning: 451 * this is confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMED_OUT also 452 * exists. We can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be 453 * careful. 454 */ 455 TIMEOUT = 12, 456 /** 457 * No network access (probably ENETUNREACH on a socket). 458 */ 459 NO_NETWORK = 13, 460 /** 461 * Can't bind a socket since its address is in use (i.e. EADDRINUSE). 462 */ 463 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 14, 464 /** 465 * The connection is disconnected and you're trying to use it. 466 */ 467 DISCONNECTED = 15, 468 /** 469 * Invalid arguments passed to a method call. 470 */ 471 INVALID_ARGS = 16, 472 /** 473 * Missing file. 474 */ 475 FILE_NOT_FOUND = 17, 476 /** 477 * Existing file and the operation you're using does not silently overwrite. 478 */ 479 FILE_EXISTS = 18, 480 /** 481 * Method name you invoked isn't known by the object you invoked it on. 482 */ 483 UNKNOWN_METHOD = 19, 484 /** 485 * Certain timeout errors, e.g. while starting a service. Warning: this is 486 * confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMEOUT also exists. We 487 * can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be careful. 488 */ 489 TIMED_OUT = 20, 490 /** 491 * Tried to remove or modify a match rule that didn't exist. 492 */ 493 MATCH_RULE_NOT_FOUND = 21, 494 /** 495 * The match rule isn't syntactically valid. 496 */ 497 MATCH_RULE_INVALID = 22, 498 /** 499 * While starting a new process, the exec() call failed. 500 */ 501 SPAWN_EXEC_FAILED = 23, 502 /** 503 * While starting a new process, the fork() call failed. 504 */ 505 SPAWN_FORK_FAILED = 24, 506 /** 507 * While starting a new process, the child exited with a status code. 508 */ 509 SPAWN_CHILD_EXITED = 25, 510 /** 511 * While starting a new process, the child exited on a signal. 512 */ 513 SPAWN_CHILD_SIGNALED = 26, 514 /** 515 * While starting a new process, something went wrong. 516 */ 517 SPAWN_FAILED = 27, 518 /** 519 * We failed to setup the environment correctly. 520 */ 521 SPAWN_SETUP_FAILED = 28, 522 /** 523 * We failed to setup the config parser correctly. 524 */ 525 SPAWN_CONFIG_INVALID = 29, 526 /** 527 * Bus name was not valid. 528 */ 529 SPAWN_SERVICE_INVALID = 30, 530 /** 531 * Service file not found in system-services directory. 532 */ 533 SPAWN_SERVICE_NOT_FOUND = 31, 534 /** 535 * Permissions are incorrect on the setuid helper. 536 */ 537 SPAWN_PERMISSIONS_INVALID = 32, 538 /** 539 * Service file invalid (Name, User or Exec missing). 540 */ 541 SPAWN_FILE_INVALID = 33, 542 /** 543 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 544 */ 545 SPAWN_NO_MEMORY = 34, 546 /** 547 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 548 */ 549 UNIX_PROCESS_ID_UNKNOWN = 35, 550 /** 551 * A type signature is not valid. 552 */ 553 INVALID_SIGNATURE = 36, 554 /** 555 * A file contains invalid syntax or is otherwise broken. 556 */ 557 INVALID_FILE_CONTENT = 37, 558 /** 559 * Asked for SELinux security context and it wasn't available. 560 */ 561 SELINUX_SECURITY_CONTEXT_UNKNOWN = 38, 562 /** 563 * Asked for ADT audit data and it wasn't available. 564 */ 565 ADT_AUDIT_DATA_UNKNOWN = 39, 566 /** 567 * There's already an object with the requested object path. 568 */ 569 OBJECT_PATH_IN_USE = 40, 570 /** 571 * Object you invoked a method on isn't known. Since 2.42 572 */ 573 UNKNOWN_OBJECT = 41, 574 /** 575 * Interface you invoked a method on isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 576 */ 577 UNKNOWN_INTERFACE = 42, 578 /** 579 * Property you tried to access isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 580 */ 581 UNKNOWN_PROPERTY = 43, 582 /** 583 * Property you tried to set is read-only. Since 2.42 584 */ 585 PROPERTY_READ_ONLY = 44, 586 } 587 alias GDBusError DBusError; 588 589 /** 590 * Flags describing the behavior of a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton instance. 591 * 592 * Since: 2.30 593 */ 594 public enum GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags 595 { 596 /** 597 * No flags set. 598 */ 599 NONE = 0, 600 /** 601 * Each method invocation is handled in 602 * a thread dedicated to the invocation. This means that the method implementation can use blocking IO 603 * without blocking any other part of the process. It also means that the method implementation must 604 * use locking to access data structures used by other threads. 605 */ 606 HANDLE_METHOD_INVOCATIONS_IN_THREAD = 1, 607 } 608 alias GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags DBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags; 609 610 /** 611 * Enumeration used to describe the byte order of a D-Bus message. 612 * 613 * Since: 2.26 614 */ 615 public enum GDBusMessageByteOrder 616 { 617 /** 618 * The byte order is big endian. 619 */ 620 BIG_ENDIAN = 66, 621 /** 622 * The byte order is little endian. 623 */ 624 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 108, 625 } 626 alias GDBusMessageByteOrder DBusMessageByteOrder; 627 628 /** 629 * Message flags used in #GDBusMessage. 630 * 631 * Since: 2.26 632 */ 633 public enum GDBusMessageFlags 634 { 635 /** 636 * No flags set. 637 */ 638 NONE = 0, 639 /** 640 * A reply is not expected. 641 */ 642 NO_REPLY_EXPECTED = 1, 643 /** 644 * The bus must not launch an 645 * owner for the destination name in response to this message. 646 */ 647 NO_AUTO_START = 2, 648 /** 649 * If set on a method 650 * call, this flag means that the caller is prepared to wait for interactive 651 * authorization. Since 2.46. 652 */ 653 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 4, 654 } 655 alias GDBusMessageFlags DBusMessageFlags; 656 657 /** 658 * Header fields used in #GDBusMessage. 659 * 660 * Since: 2.26 661 */ 662 public enum GDBusMessageHeaderField 663 { 664 /** 665 * Not a valid header field. 666 */ 667 INVALID = 0, 668 /** 669 * The object path. 670 */ 671 PATH = 1, 672 /** 673 * The interface name. 674 */ 675 INTERFACE = 2, 676 /** 677 * The method or signal name. 678 */ 679 MEMBER = 3, 680 /** 681 * The name of the error that occurred. 682 */ 683 ERROR_NAME = 4, 684 /** 685 * The serial number the message is a reply to. 686 */ 687 REPLY_SERIAL = 5, 688 /** 689 * The name the message is intended for. 690 */ 691 DESTINATION = 6, 692 /** 693 * Unique name of the sender of the message (filled in by the bus). 694 */ 695 SENDER = 7, 696 /** 697 * The signature of the message body. 698 */ 699 SIGNATURE = 8, 700 /** 701 * The number of UNIX file descriptors that accompany the message. 702 */ 703 NUM_UNIX_FDS = 9, 704 } 705 alias GDBusMessageHeaderField DBusMessageHeaderField; 706 707 /** 708 * Message types used in #GDBusMessage. 709 * 710 * Since: 2.26 711 */ 712 public enum GDBusMessageType 713 { 714 /** 715 * Message is of invalid type. 716 */ 717 INVALID = 0, 718 /** 719 * Method call. 720 */ 721 METHOD_CALL = 1, 722 /** 723 * Method reply. 724 */ 725 METHOD_RETURN = 2, 726 /** 727 * Error reply. 728 */ 729 ERROR = 3, 730 /** 731 * Signal emission. 732 */ 733 SIGNAL = 4, 734 } 735 alias GDBusMessageType DBusMessageType; 736 737 /** 738 * Flags used when constructing a #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 739 * 740 * Since: 2.30 741 */ 742 public enum GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags 743 { 744 /** 745 * No flags set. 746 */ 747 NONE = 0, 748 /** 749 * If not set and the 750 * manager is for a well-known name, then request the bus to launch 751 * an owner for the name if no-one owns the name. This flag can only 752 * be used in managers for well-known names. 753 */ 754 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 1, 755 } 756 alias GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags DBusObjectManagerClientFlags; 757 758 /** 759 * Flags describing the access control of a D-Bus property. 760 * 761 * Since: 2.26 762 */ 763 public enum GDBusPropertyInfoFlags 764 { 765 /** 766 * No flags set. 767 */ 768 NONE = 0, 769 /** 770 * Property is readable. 771 */ 772 READABLE = 1, 773 /** 774 * Property is writable. 775 */ 776 WRITABLE = 2, 777 } 778 alias GDBusPropertyInfoFlags DBusPropertyInfoFlags; 779 780 /** 781 * Flags used when constructing an instance of a #GDBusProxy derived class. 782 * 783 * Since: 2.26 784 */ 785 public enum GDBusProxyFlags 786 { 787 /** 788 * No flags set. 789 */ 790 NONE = 0, 791 /** 792 * Don't load properties. 793 */ 794 DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES = 1, 795 /** 796 * Don't connect to signals on the remote object. 797 */ 798 DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS = 2, 799 /** 800 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 801 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization or a method call. 802 * This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names. 803 */ 804 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 4, 805 /** 806 * If set, the property value for any __invalidated property__ will be (asynchronously) retrieved upon receiving the [`PropertiesChanged`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties) D-Bus signal and the property will not cause emission of the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal. When the value is received the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal is emitted for the property along with the retrieved value. Since 2.32. 807 */ 808 GET_INVALIDATED_PROPERTIES = 8, 809 /** 810 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 811 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization, but allow it to be 812 * autostarted by a method call. This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names, 813 * and only if %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START is not also specified. 814 */ 815 DO_NOT_AUTO_START_AT_CONSTRUCTION = 16, 816 } 817 alias GDBusProxyFlags DBusProxyFlags; 818 819 /** 820 * Flags used when sending #GDBusMessages on a #GDBusConnection. 821 * 822 * Since: 2.26 823 */ 824 public enum GDBusSendMessageFlags 825 { 826 /** 827 * No flags set. 828 */ 829 NONE = 0, 830 /** 831 * Do not automatically 832 * assign a serial number from the #GDBusConnection object when 833 * sending a message. 834 */ 835 PRESERVE_SERIAL = 1, 836 } 837 alias GDBusSendMessageFlags DBusSendMessageFlags; 838 839 /** 840 * Flags used when creating a #GDBusServer. 841 * 842 * Since: 2.26 843 */ 844 public enum GDBusServerFlags 845 { 846 /** 847 * No flags set. 848 */ 849 NONE = 0, 850 /** 851 * All #GDBusServer::new-connection 852 * signals will run in separated dedicated threads (see signal for 853 * details). 854 */ 855 RUN_IN_THREAD = 1, 856 /** 857 * Allow the anonymous 858 * authentication method. 859 */ 860 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 2, 861 } 862 alias GDBusServerFlags DBusServerFlags; 863 864 /** 865 * Flags used when subscribing to signals via g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 866 * 867 * Since: 2.26 868 */ 869 public enum GDBusSignalFlags 870 { 871 /** 872 * No flags set. 873 */ 874 NONE = 0, 875 /** 876 * Don't actually send the AddMatch 877 * D-Bus call for this signal subscription. This gives you more control 878 * over which match rules you add (but you must add them manually). 879 */ 880 NO_MATCH_RULE = 1, 881 /** 882 * Match first arguments that 883 * contain a bus or interface name with the given namespace. 884 */ 885 MATCH_ARG0_NAMESPACE = 2, 886 /** 887 * Match first arguments that 888 * contain an object path that is either equivalent to the given path, 889 * or one of the paths is a subpath of the other. 890 */ 891 MATCH_ARG0_PATH = 4, 892 } 893 alias GDBusSignalFlags DBusSignalFlags; 894 895 /** 896 * Flags passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 897 * 898 * Since: 2.26 899 */ 900 public enum GDBusSubtreeFlags 901 { 902 /** 903 * No flags set. 904 */ 905 NONE = 0, 906 /** 907 * Method calls to objects not in the enumerated range 908 * will still be dispatched. This is useful if you want 909 * to dynamically spawn objects in the subtree. 910 */ 911 DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES = 1, 912 } 913 alias GDBusSubtreeFlags DBusSubtreeFlags; 914 915 /** 916 * #GDataStreamByteOrder is used to ensure proper endianness of streaming data sources 917 * across various machine architectures. 918 */ 919 public enum GDataStreamByteOrder 920 { 921 /** 922 * Selects Big Endian byte order. 923 */ 924 BIG_ENDIAN = 0, 925 /** 926 * Selects Little Endian byte order. 927 */ 928 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 1, 929 /** 930 * Selects endianness based on host machine's architecture. 931 */ 932 HOST_ENDIAN = 2, 933 } 934 alias GDataStreamByteOrder DataStreamByteOrder; 935 936 /** 937 * #GDataStreamNewlineType is used when checking for or setting the line endings for a given file. 938 */ 939 public enum GDataStreamNewlineType 940 { 941 /** 942 * Selects "LF" line endings, common on most modern UNIX platforms. 943 */ 944 LF = 0, 945 /** 946 * Selects "CR" line endings. 947 */ 948 CR = 1, 949 /** 950 * Selects "CR, LF" line ending, common on Microsoft Windows. 951 */ 952 CR_LF = 2, 953 /** 954 * Automatically try to handle any line ending type. 955 */ 956 ANY = 3, 957 } 958 alias GDataStreamNewlineType DataStreamNewlineType; 959 960 /** 961 * Flags used when starting a drive. 962 * 963 * Since: 2.22 964 */ 965 public enum GDriveStartFlags 966 { 967 /** 968 * No flags set. 969 */ 970 NONE = 0, 971 } 972 alias GDriveStartFlags DriveStartFlags; 973 974 /** 975 * Enumeration describing how a drive can be started/stopped. 976 * 977 * Since: 2.22 978 */ 979 public enum GDriveStartStopType 980 { 981 /** 982 * Unknown or drive doesn't support 983 * start/stop. 984 */ 985 UNKNOWN = 0, 986 /** 987 * The stop method will physically 988 * shut down the drive and e.g. power down the port the drive is 989 * attached to. 990 */ 991 SHUTDOWN = 1, 992 /** 993 * The start/stop methods are used 994 * for connecting/disconnect to the drive over the network. 995 */ 996 NETWORK = 2, 997 /** 998 * The start/stop methods will 999 * assemble/disassemble a virtual drive from several physical 1000 * drives. 1001 */ 1002 MULTIDISK = 3, 1003 /** 1004 * The start/stop methods will 1005 * unlock/lock the disk (for example using the ATA <quote>SECURITY 1006 * UNLOCK DEVICE</quote> command) 1007 */ 1008 PASSWORD = 4, 1009 } 1010 alias GDriveStartStopType DriveStartStopType; 1011 1012 /** 1013 * GEmblemOrigin is used to add information about the origin of the emblem 1014 * to #GEmblem. 1015 * 1016 * Since: 2.18 1017 */ 1018 public enum GEmblemOrigin 1019 { 1020 /** 1021 * Emblem of unknown origin 1022 */ 1023 UNKNOWN = 0, 1024 /** 1025 * Emblem adds device-specific information 1026 */ 1027 DEVICE = 1, 1028 /** 1029 * Emblem depicts live metadata, such as "readonly" 1030 */ 1031 LIVEMETADATA = 2, 1032 /** 1033 * Emblem comes from a user-defined tag, e.g. set by nautilus (in the future) 1034 */ 1035 TAG = 3, 1036 } 1037 alias GEmblemOrigin EmblemOrigin; 1038 1039 /** 1040 * Flags specifying the behaviour of an attribute. 1041 */ 1042 public enum GFileAttributeInfoFlags 1043 { 1044 /** 1045 * no flags set. 1046 */ 1047 NONE = 0, 1048 /** 1049 * copy the attribute values when the file is copied. 1050 */ 1051 COPY_WITH_FILE = 1, 1052 /** 1053 * copy the attribute values when the file is moved. 1054 */ 1055 COPY_WHEN_MOVED = 2, 1056 } 1057 alias GFileAttributeInfoFlags FileAttributeInfoFlags; 1058 1059 /** 1060 * Used by g_file_set_attributes_from_info() when setting file attributes. 1061 */ 1062 public enum GFileAttributeStatus 1063 { 1064 /** 1065 * Attribute value is unset (empty). 1066 */ 1067 UNSET = 0, 1068 /** 1069 * Attribute value is set. 1070 */ 1071 SET = 1, 1072 /** 1073 * Indicates an error in setting the value. 1074 */ 1075 ERROR_SETTING = 2, 1076 } 1077 alias GFileAttributeStatus FileAttributeStatus; 1078 1079 /** 1080 * The data types for file attributes. 1081 */ 1082 public enum GFileAttributeType 1083 { 1084 /** 1085 * indicates an invalid or uninitalized type. 1086 */ 1087 INVALID = 0, 1088 /** 1089 * a null terminated UTF8 string. 1090 */ 1091 STRING = 1, 1092 /** 1093 * a zero terminated string of non-zero bytes. 1094 */ 1095 BYTE_STRING = 2, 1096 /** 1097 * a boolean value. 1098 */ 1099 BOOLEAN = 3, 1100 /** 1101 * an unsigned 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1102 */ 1103 UINT32 = 4, 1104 /** 1105 * a signed 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1106 */ 1107 INT32 = 5, 1108 /** 1109 * an unsigned 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1110 */ 1111 UINT64 = 6, 1112 /** 1113 * a signed 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1114 */ 1115 INT64 = 7, 1116 /** 1117 * a #GObject. 1118 */ 1119 OBJECT = 8, 1120 /** 1121 * a %NULL terminated char **. Since 2.22 1122 */ 1123 STRINGV = 9, 1124 } 1125 alias GFileAttributeType FileAttributeType; 1126 1127 /** 1128 * Flags used when copying or moving files. 1129 */ 1130 public enum GFileCopyFlags 1131 { 1132 /** 1133 * No flags set. 1134 */ 1135 NONE = 0, 1136 /** 1137 * Overwrite any existing files 1138 */ 1139 OVERWRITE = 1, 1140 /** 1141 * Make a backup of any existing files. 1142 */ 1143 BACKUP = 2, 1144 /** 1145 * Don't follow symlinks. 1146 */ 1147 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 4, 1148 /** 1149 * Copy all file metadata instead of just default set used for copy (see #GFileInfo). 1150 */ 1151 ALL_METADATA = 8, 1152 /** 1153 * Don't use copy and delete fallback if native move not supported. 1154 */ 1155 NO_FALLBACK_FOR_MOVE = 16, 1156 /** 1157 * Leaves target file with default perms, instead of setting the source file perms. 1158 */ 1159 TARGET_DEFAULT_PERMS = 32, 1160 } 1161 alias GFileCopyFlags FileCopyFlags; 1162 1163 /** 1164 * Flags used when an operation may create a file. 1165 */ 1166 public enum GFileCreateFlags 1167 { 1168 /** 1169 * No flags set. 1170 */ 1171 NONE = 0, 1172 /** 1173 * Create a file that can only be 1174 * accessed by the current user. 1175 */ 1176 PRIVATE = 1, 1177 /** 1178 * Replace the destination 1179 * as if it didn't exist before. Don't try to keep any old 1180 * permissions, replace instead of following links. This 1181 * is generally useful if you're doing a "copy over" 1182 * rather than a "save new version of" replace operation. 1183 * You can think of it as "unlink destination" before 1184 * writing to it, although the implementation may not 1185 * be exactly like that. Since 2.20 1186 */ 1187 REPLACE_DESTINATION = 2, 1188 } 1189 alias GFileCreateFlags FileCreateFlags; 1190 1191 /** 1192 * Flags that can be used with g_file_measure_disk_usage(). 1193 * 1194 * Since: 2.38 1195 */ 1196 public enum GFileMeasureFlags 1197 { 1198 /** 1199 * No flags set. 1200 */ 1201 NONE = 0, 1202 /** 1203 * Report any error encountered 1204 * while traversing the directory tree. Normally errors are only 1205 * reported for the toplevel file. 1206 */ 1207 REPORT_ANY_ERROR = 2, 1208 /** 1209 * Tally usage based on apparent file 1210 * sizes. Normally, the block-size is used, if available, as this is a 1211 * more accurate representation of disk space used. 1212 * Compare with `du --apparent-size`. 1213 */ 1214 APPARENT_SIZE = 4, 1215 /** 1216 * Do not cross mount point boundaries. 1217 * Compare with `du -x`. 1218 */ 1219 NO_XDEV = 8, 1220 } 1221 alias GFileMeasureFlags FileMeasureFlags; 1222 1223 /** 1224 * Specifies what type of event a monitor event is. 1225 */ 1226 public enum GFileMonitorEvent 1227 { 1228 /** 1229 * a file changed. 1230 */ 1231 CHANGED = 0, 1232 /** 1233 * a hint that this was probably the last change in a set of changes. 1234 */ 1235 CHANGES_DONE_HINT = 1, 1236 /** 1237 * a file was deleted. 1238 */ 1239 DELETED = 2, 1240 /** 1241 * a file was created. 1242 */ 1243 CREATED = 3, 1244 /** 1245 * a file attribute was changed. 1246 */ 1247 ATTRIBUTE_CHANGED = 4, 1248 /** 1249 * the file location will soon be unmounted. 1250 */ 1251 PRE_UNMOUNT = 5, 1252 /** 1253 * the file location was unmounted. 1254 */ 1255 UNMOUNTED = 6, 1256 /** 1257 * the file was moved -- only sent if the 1258 * (deprecated) %G_FILE_MONITOR_SEND_MOVED flag is set 1259 */ 1260 MOVED = 7, 1261 /** 1262 * the file was renamed within the 1263 * current directory -- only sent if the %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES 1264 * flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1265 */ 1266 RENAMED = 8, 1267 /** 1268 * the file was moved into the 1269 * monitored directory from another location -- only sent if the 1270 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1271 */ 1272 MOVED_IN = 9, 1273 /** 1274 * the file was moved out of the 1275 * monitored directory to another location -- only sent if the 1276 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46 1277 */ 1278 MOVED_OUT = 10, 1279 } 1280 alias GFileMonitorEvent FileMonitorEvent; 1281 1282 /** 1283 * Flags used to set what a #GFileMonitor will watch for. 1284 */ 1285 public enum GFileMonitorFlags 1286 { 1287 /** 1288 * No flags set. 1289 */ 1290 NONE = 0, 1291 /** 1292 * Watch for mount events. 1293 */ 1294 WATCH_MOUNTS = 1, 1295 /** 1296 * Pair DELETED and CREATED events caused 1297 * by file renames (moves) and send a single G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED 1298 * event instead (NB: not supported on all backends; the default 1299 * behaviour -without specifying this flag- is to send single DELETED 1300 * and CREATED events). Deprecated since 2.46: use 1301 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES instead. 1302 */ 1303 SEND_MOVED = 2, 1304 /** 1305 * Watch for changes to the file made 1306 * via another hard link. Since 2.36. 1307 */ 1308 WATCH_HARD_LINKS = 4, 1309 /** 1310 * Watch for rename operations on a 1311 * monitored directory. This causes %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_RENAMED, 1312 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_IN and %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_OUT 1313 * events to be emitted when possible. Since: 2.46. 1314 */ 1315 WATCH_MOVES = 8, 1316 } 1317 alias GFileMonitorFlags FileMonitorFlags; 1318 1319 /** 1320 * Flags used when querying a #GFileInfo. 1321 */ 1322 public enum GFileQueryInfoFlags 1323 { 1324 /** 1325 * No flags set. 1326 */ 1327 NONE = 0, 1328 /** 1329 * Don't follow symlinks. 1330 */ 1331 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 1, 1332 } 1333 alias GFileQueryInfoFlags FileQueryInfoFlags; 1334 1335 /** 1336 * Indicates the file's on-disk type. 1337 */ 1338 public enum GFileType 1339 { 1340 /** 1341 * File's type is unknown. 1342 */ 1343 UNKNOWN = 0, 1344 /** 1345 * File handle represents a regular file. 1346 */ 1347 REGULAR = 1, 1348 /** 1349 * File handle represents a directory. 1350 */ 1351 DIRECTORY = 2, 1352 /** 1353 * File handle represents a symbolic link 1354 * (Unix systems). 1355 */ 1356 SYMBOLIC_LINK = 3, 1357 /** 1358 * File is a "special" file, such as a socket, fifo, 1359 * block device, or character device. 1360 */ 1361 SPECIAL = 4, 1362 /** 1363 * File is a shortcut (Windows systems). 1364 */ 1365 SHORTCUT = 5, 1366 /** 1367 * File is a mountable location. 1368 */ 1369 MOUNTABLE = 6, 1370 } 1371 alias GFileType FileType; 1372 1373 /** 1374 * Indicates a hint from the file system whether files should be 1375 * previewed in a file manager. Returned as the value of the key 1376 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW. 1377 */ 1378 public enum GFilesystemPreviewType 1379 { 1380 /** 1381 * Only preview files if user has explicitly requested it. 1382 */ 1383 IF_ALWAYS = 0, 1384 /** 1385 * Preview files if user has requested preview of "local" files. 1386 */ 1387 IF_LOCAL = 1, 1388 /** 1389 * Never preview files. 1390 */ 1391 NEVER = 2, 1392 } 1393 alias GFilesystemPreviewType FilesystemPreviewType; 1394 1395 /** 1396 * Error codes returned by GIO functions. 1397 * 1398 * Note that this domain may be extended in future GLib releases. In 1399 * general, new error codes either only apply to new APIs, or else 1400 * replace %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED in cases that were not explicitly 1401 * distinguished before. You should therefore avoid writing code like 1402 * |[<!-- language="C" --> 1403 * if (g_error_matches (error, G_IO_ERROR, G_IO_ERROR_FAILED)) 1404 * { 1405 * // Assume that this is EPRINTERONFIRE 1406 * ... 1407 * } 1408 * ]| 1409 * but should instead treat all unrecognized error codes the same as 1410 * #G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. 1411 */ 1412 public enum GIOErrorEnum 1413 { 1414 /** 1415 * Generic error condition for when an operation fails 1416 * and no more specific #GIOErrorEnum value is defined. 1417 */ 1418 FAILED = 0, 1419 /** 1420 * File not found. 1421 */ 1422 NOT_FOUND = 1, 1423 /** 1424 * File already exists. 1425 */ 1426 EXISTS = 2, 1427 /** 1428 * File is a directory. 1429 */ 1430 IS_DIRECTORY = 3, 1431 /** 1432 * File is not a directory. 1433 */ 1434 NOT_DIRECTORY = 4, 1435 /** 1436 * File is a directory that isn't empty. 1437 */ 1438 NOT_EMPTY = 5, 1439 /** 1440 * File is not a regular file. 1441 */ 1442 NOT_REGULAR_FILE = 6, 1443 /** 1444 * File is not a symbolic link. 1445 */ 1446 NOT_SYMBOLIC_LINK = 7, 1447 /** 1448 * File cannot be mounted. 1449 */ 1450 NOT_MOUNTABLE_FILE = 8, 1451 /** 1452 * Filename is too many characters. 1453 */ 1454 FILENAME_TOO_LONG = 9, 1455 /** 1456 * Filename is invalid or contains invalid characters. 1457 */ 1458 INVALID_FILENAME = 10, 1459 /** 1460 * File contains too many symbolic links. 1461 */ 1462 TOO_MANY_LINKS = 11, 1463 /** 1464 * No space left on drive. 1465 */ 1466 NO_SPACE = 12, 1467 /** 1468 * Invalid argument. 1469 */ 1470 INVALID_ARGUMENT = 13, 1471 /** 1472 * Permission denied. 1473 */ 1474 PERMISSION_DENIED = 14, 1475 /** 1476 * Operation (or one of its parameters) not supported 1477 */ 1478 NOT_SUPPORTED = 15, 1479 /** 1480 * File isn't mounted. 1481 */ 1482 NOT_MOUNTED = 16, 1483 /** 1484 * File is already mounted. 1485 */ 1486 ALREADY_MOUNTED = 17, 1487 /** 1488 * File was closed. 1489 */ 1490 CLOSED = 18, 1491 /** 1492 * Operation was cancelled. See #GCancellable. 1493 */ 1494 CANCELLED = 19, 1495 /** 1496 * Operations are still pending. 1497 */ 1498 PENDING = 20, 1499 /** 1500 * File is read only. 1501 */ 1502 READ_ONLY = 21, 1503 /** 1504 * Backup couldn't be created. 1505 */ 1506 CANT_CREATE_BACKUP = 22, 1507 /** 1508 * File's Entity Tag was incorrect. 1509 */ 1510 WRONG_ETAG = 23, 1511 /** 1512 * Operation timed out. 1513 */ 1514 TIMED_OUT = 24, 1515 /** 1516 * Operation would be recursive. 1517 */ 1518 WOULD_RECURSE = 25, 1519 /** 1520 * File is busy. 1521 */ 1522 BUSY = 26, 1523 /** 1524 * Operation would block. 1525 */ 1526 WOULD_BLOCK = 27, 1527 /** 1528 * Host couldn't be found (remote operations). 1529 */ 1530 HOST_NOT_FOUND = 28, 1531 /** 1532 * Operation would merge files. 1533 */ 1534 WOULD_MERGE = 29, 1535 /** 1536 * Operation failed and a helper program has 1537 * already interacted with the user. Do not display any error dialog. 1538 */ 1539 FAILED_HANDLED = 30, 1540 /** 1541 * The current process has too many files 1542 * open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward 1543 * this limit. Since 2.20 1544 */ 1545 TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES = 31, 1546 /** 1547 * The object has not been initialized. Since 2.22 1548 */ 1549 NOT_INITIALIZED = 32, 1550 /** 1551 * The requested address is already in use. Since 2.22 1552 */ 1553 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 33, 1554 /** 1555 * Need more input to finish operation. Since 2.24 1556 */ 1557 PARTIAL_INPUT = 34, 1558 /** 1559 * The input data was invalid. Since 2.24 1560 */ 1561 INVALID_DATA = 35, 1562 /** 1563 * A remote object generated an error that 1564 * doesn't correspond to a locally registered #GError error 1565 * domain. Use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to extract the D-Bus 1566 * error name and g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() to fix up the 1567 * message so it matches what was received on the wire. Since 2.26. 1568 */ 1569 DBUS_ERROR = 36, 1570 /** 1571 * Host unreachable. Since 2.26 1572 */ 1573 HOST_UNREACHABLE = 37, 1574 /** 1575 * Network unreachable. Since 2.26 1576 */ 1577 NETWORK_UNREACHABLE = 38, 1578 /** 1579 * Connection refused. Since 2.26 1580 */ 1581 CONNECTION_REFUSED = 39, 1582 /** 1583 * Connection to proxy server failed. Since 2.26 1584 */ 1585 PROXY_FAILED = 40, 1586 /** 1587 * Proxy authentication failed. Since 2.26 1588 */ 1589 PROXY_AUTH_FAILED = 41, 1590 /** 1591 * Proxy server needs authentication. Since 2.26 1592 */ 1593 PROXY_NEED_AUTH = 42, 1594 /** 1595 * Proxy connection is not allowed by ruleset. 1596 * Since 2.26 1597 */ 1598 PROXY_NOT_ALLOWED = 43, 1599 /** 1600 * Broken pipe. Since 2.36 1601 */ 1602 BROKEN_PIPE = 44, 1603 /** 1604 * Connection closed by peer. Note that this 1605 * is the same code as %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE; before 2.44 some 1606 * "connection closed" errors returned %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE, but others 1607 * returned %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. Now they should all return the same 1608 * value, which has this more logical name. Since 2.44. 1609 */ 1610 CONNECTION_CLOSED = 44, 1611 /** 1612 * Transport endpoint is not connected. Since 2.44 1613 */ 1614 NOT_CONNECTED = 45, 1615 /** 1616 * Message too large. Since 2.48. 1617 */ 1618 MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE = 46, 1619 } 1620 alias GIOErrorEnum IOErrorEnum; 1621 1622 /** 1623 * Flags for use with g_io_module_scope_new(). 1624 * 1625 * Since: 2.30 1626 */ 1627 public enum GIOModuleScopeFlags 1628 { 1629 /** 1630 * No module scan flags 1631 */ 1632 NONE = 0, 1633 /** 1634 * When using this scope to load or 1635 * scan modules, automatically block a modules which has the same base 1636 * basename as previously loaded module. 1637 */ 1638 BLOCK_DUPLICATES = 1, 1639 } 1640 alias GIOModuleScopeFlags IOModuleScopeFlags; 1641 1642 /** 1643 * GIOStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1644 * 1645 * Since: 2.28 1646 */ 1647 public enum GIOStreamSpliceFlags 1648 { 1649 /** 1650 * Do not close either stream. 1651 */ 1652 NONE = 0, 1653 /** 1654 * Close the first stream after 1655 * the splice. 1656 */ 1657 CLOSE_STREAM1 = 1, 1658 /** 1659 * Close the second stream after 1660 * the splice. 1661 */ 1662 CLOSE_STREAM2 = 2, 1663 /** 1664 * Wait for both splice operations to finish 1665 * before calling the callback. 1666 */ 1667 WAIT_FOR_BOTH = 4, 1668 } 1669 alias GIOStreamSpliceFlags IOStreamSpliceFlags; 1670 1671 /** 1672 * Flags used when mounting a mount. 1673 */ 1674 public enum GMountMountFlags 1675 { 1676 /** 1677 * No flags set. 1678 */ 1679 NONE = 0, 1680 } 1681 alias GMountMountFlags MountMountFlags; 1682 1683 /** 1684 * #GMountOperationResult is returned as a result when a request for 1685 * information is send by the mounting operation. 1686 */ 1687 public enum GMountOperationResult 1688 { 1689 /** 1690 * The request was fulfilled and the 1691 * user specified data is now available 1692 */ 1693 HANDLED = 0, 1694 /** 1695 * The user requested the mount operation 1696 * to be aborted 1697 */ 1698 ABORTED = 1, 1699 /** 1700 * The request was unhandled (i.e. not 1701 * implemented) 1702 */ 1703 UNHANDLED = 2, 1704 } 1705 alias GMountOperationResult MountOperationResult; 1706 1707 /** 1708 * Flags used when an unmounting a mount. 1709 */ 1710 public enum GMountUnmountFlags 1711 { 1712 /** 1713 * No flags set. 1714 */ 1715 NONE = 0, 1716 /** 1717 * Unmount even if there are outstanding 1718 * file operations on the mount. 1719 */ 1720 FORCE = 1, 1721 } 1722 alias GMountUnmountFlags MountUnmountFlags; 1723 1724 /** 1725 * The host's network connectivity state, as reported by #GNetworkMonitor. 1726 * 1727 * Since: 2.44 1728 */ 1729 public enum GNetworkConnectivity 1730 { 1731 /** 1732 * The host is not configured with a 1733 * route to the Internet; it may or may not be connected to a local 1734 * network. 1735 */ 1736 LOCAL = 1, 1737 /** 1738 * The host is connected to a network, but 1739 * does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet, perhaps 1740 * due to upstream network problems. 1741 */ 1742 LIMITED = 2, 1743 /** 1744 * The host is behind a captive portal and 1745 * cannot reach the full Internet. 1746 */ 1747 PORTAL = 3, 1748 /** 1749 * The host is connected to a network, and 1750 * appears to be able to reach the full Internet. 1751 */ 1752 FULL = 4, 1753 } 1754 alias GNetworkConnectivity NetworkConnectivity; 1755 1756 /** 1757 * Priority levels for #GNotifications. 1758 * 1759 * Since: 2.42 1760 */ 1761 public enum GNotificationPriority 1762 { 1763 /** 1764 * the default priority, to be used for the 1765 * majority of notifications (for example email messages, software updates, 1766 * completed download/sync operations) 1767 */ 1768 NORMAL = 0, 1769 /** 1770 * for notifications that do not require 1771 * immediate attention - typically used for contextual background 1772 * information, such as contact birthdays or local weather 1773 */ 1774 LOW = 1, 1775 /** 1776 * for events that require more attention, 1777 * usually because responses are time-sensitive (for example chat and SMS 1778 * messages or alarms) 1779 */ 1780 HIGH = 2, 1781 /** 1782 * for urgent notifications, or notifications 1783 * that require a response in a short space of time (for example phone calls 1784 * or emergency warnings) 1785 */ 1786 URGENT = 3, 1787 } 1788 alias GNotificationPriority NotificationPriority; 1789 1790 /** 1791 * GOutputStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1792 */ 1793 public enum GOutputStreamSpliceFlags 1794 { 1795 /** 1796 * Do not close either stream. 1797 */ 1798 NONE = 0, 1799 /** 1800 * Close the source stream after 1801 * the splice. 1802 */ 1803 CLOSE_SOURCE = 1, 1804 /** 1805 * Close the target stream after 1806 * the splice. 1807 */ 1808 CLOSE_TARGET = 2, 1809 } 1810 alias GOutputStreamSpliceFlags OutputStreamSpliceFlags; 1811 1812 /** 1813 * #GPasswordSave is used to indicate the lifespan of a saved password. 1814 * 1815 * #Gvfs stores passwords in the Gnome keyring when this flag allows it 1816 * to, and later retrieves it again from there. 1817 */ 1818 public enum GPasswordSave 1819 { 1820 /** 1821 * never save a password. 1822 */ 1823 NEVER = 0, 1824 /** 1825 * save a password for the session. 1826 */ 1827 FOR_SESSION = 1, 1828 /** 1829 * save a password permanently. 1830 */ 1831 PERMANENTLY = 2, 1832 } 1833 alias GPasswordSave PasswordSave; 1834 1835 /** 1836 * An error code used with %G_RESOLVER_ERROR in a #GError returned 1837 * from a #GResolver routine. 1838 * 1839 * Since: 2.22 1840 */ 1841 public enum GResolverError 1842 { 1843 /** 1844 * the requested name/address/service was not 1845 * found 1846 */ 1847 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1848 /** 1849 * the requested information could not 1850 * be looked up due to a network error or similar problem 1851 */ 1852 TEMPORARY_FAILURE = 1, 1853 /** 1854 * unknown error 1855 */ 1856 INTERNAL = 2, 1857 } 1858 alias GResolverError ResolverError; 1859 1860 /** 1861 * The type of record that g_resolver_lookup_records() or 1862 * g_resolver_lookup_records_async() should retrieve. The records are returned 1863 * as lists of #GVariant tuples. Each record type has different values in 1864 * the variant tuples returned. 1865 * 1866 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SRV records are returned as variants with the signature 1867 * '(qqqs)', containing a guint16 with the priority, a guint16 with the 1868 * weight, a guint16 with the port, and a string of the hostname. 1869 * 1870 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_MX records are returned as variants with the signature 1871 * '(qs)', representing a guint16 with the preference, and a string containing 1872 * the mail exchanger hostname. 1873 * 1874 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_TXT records are returned as variants with the signature 1875 * '(as)', representing an array of the strings in the text record. 1876 * 1877 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SOA records are returned as variants with the signature 1878 * '(ssuuuuu)', representing a string containing the primary name server, a 1879 * string containing the administrator, the serial as a guint32, the refresh 1880 * interval as guint32, the retry interval as a guint32, the expire timeout 1881 * as a guint32, and the ttl as a guint32. 1882 * 1883 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_NS records are returned as variants with the signature 1884 * '(s)', representing a string of the hostname of the name server. 1885 * 1886 * Since: 2.34 1887 */ 1888 public enum GResolverRecordType 1889 { 1890 /** 1891 * lookup DNS SRV records for a domain 1892 */ 1893 SRV = 1, 1894 /** 1895 * lookup DNS MX records for a domain 1896 */ 1897 MX = 2, 1898 /** 1899 * lookup DNS TXT records for a name 1900 */ 1901 TXT = 3, 1902 /** 1903 * lookup DNS SOA records for a zone 1904 */ 1905 SOA = 4, 1906 /** 1907 * lookup DNS NS records for a domain 1908 */ 1909 NS = 5, 1910 } 1911 alias GResolverRecordType ResolverRecordType; 1912 1913 /** 1914 * An error code used with %G_RESOURCE_ERROR in a #GError returned 1915 * from a #GResource routine. 1916 * 1917 * Since: 2.32 1918 */ 1919 public enum GResourceError 1920 { 1921 /** 1922 * no file was found at the requested path 1923 */ 1924 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1925 /** 1926 * unknown error 1927 */ 1928 INTERNAL = 1, 1929 } 1930 alias GResourceError ResourceError; 1931 1932 /** 1933 * GResourceFlags give information about a particular file inside a resource 1934 * bundle. 1935 * 1936 * Since: 2.32 1937 */ 1938 public enum GResourceFlags 1939 { 1940 /** 1941 * No flags set. 1942 */ 1943 NONE = 0, 1944 /** 1945 * The file is compressed. 1946 */ 1947 COMPRESSED = 1, 1948 } 1949 alias GResourceFlags ResourceFlags; 1950 1951 /** 1952 * GResourceLookupFlags determine how resource path lookups are handled. 1953 * 1954 * Since: 2.32 1955 */ 1956 public enum GResourceLookupFlags 1957 { 1958 /** 1959 * No flags set. 1960 */ 1961 NONE = 0, 1962 } 1963 alias GResourceLookupFlags ResourceLookupFlags; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * Flags used when creating a binding. These flags determine in which 1967 * direction the binding works. The default is to synchronize in both 1968 * directions. 1969 */ 1970 public enum GSettingsBindFlags 1971 { 1972 /** 1973 * Equivalent to `G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET|G_SETTINGS_BIND_SET` 1974 */ 1975 DEFAULT = 0, 1976 /** 1977 * Update the #GObject property when the setting changes. 1978 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not writable. 1979 */ 1980 GET = 1, 1981 /** 1982 * Update the setting when the #GObject property changes. 1983 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not readable. 1984 */ 1985 SET = 2, 1986 /** 1987 * Do not try to bind a "sensitivity" property to the writability of the setting 1988 */ 1989 NO_SENSITIVITY = 4, 1990 /** 1991 * When set in addition to #G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET, set the #GObject property 1992 * value initially from the setting, but do not listen for changes of the setting 1993 */ 1994 GET_NO_CHANGES = 8, 1995 /** 1996 * When passed to g_settings_bind(), uses a pair of mapping functions that invert 1997 * the boolean value when mapping between the setting and the property. The setting and property must both 1998 * be booleans. You cannot pass this flag to g_settings_bind_with_mapping(). 1999 */ 2000 INVERT_BOOLEAN = 16, 2001 } 2002 alias GSettingsBindFlags SettingsBindFlags; 2003 2004 /** 2005 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketClient. See the 2006 * #GSocketClient::event signal for more details. 2007 * 2008 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2009 * 2010 * Since: 2.32 2011 */ 2012 public enum GSocketClientEvent 2013 { 2014 /** 2015 * The client is doing a DNS lookup. 2016 */ 2017 RESOLVING = 0, 2018 /** 2019 * The client has completed a DNS lookup. 2020 */ 2021 RESOLVED = 1, 2022 /** 2023 * The client is connecting to a remote 2024 * host (either a proxy or the destination server). 2025 */ 2026 CONNECTING = 2, 2027 /** 2028 * The client has connected to a remote 2029 * host. 2030 */ 2031 CONNECTED = 3, 2032 /** 2033 * The client is negotiating 2034 * with a proxy to connect to the destination server. 2035 */ 2036 PROXY_NEGOTIATING = 4, 2037 /** 2038 * The client has negotiated 2039 * with the proxy server. 2040 */ 2041 PROXY_NEGOTIATED = 5, 2042 /** 2043 * The client is performing a 2044 * TLS handshake. 2045 */ 2046 TLS_HANDSHAKING = 6, 2047 /** 2048 * The client has performed a 2049 * TLS handshake. 2050 */ 2051 TLS_HANDSHAKED = 7, 2052 /** 2053 * The client is done with a particular 2054 * #GSocketConnectable. 2055 */ 2056 COMPLETE = 8, 2057 } 2058 alias GSocketClientEvent SocketClientEvent; 2059 2060 /** 2061 * The protocol family of a #GSocketAddress. (These values are 2062 * identical to the system defines %AF_INET, %AF_INET6 and %AF_UNIX, 2063 * if available.) 2064 * 2065 * Since: 2.22 2066 */ 2067 public enum GSocketFamily 2068 { 2069 /** 2070 * no address family 2071 */ 2072 INVALID = 0, 2073 /** 2074 * the UNIX domain family 2075 */ 2076 UNIX = 1, 2077 /** 2078 * the IPv4 family 2079 */ 2080 IPV4 = 2, 2081 /** 2082 * the IPv6 family 2083 */ 2084 IPV6 = 10, 2085 } 2086 alias GSocketFamily SocketFamily; 2087 2088 /** 2089 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketListener. See the 2090 * #GSocketListener::event signal for more details. 2091 * 2092 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2093 * 2094 * Since: 2.46 2095 */ 2096 public enum GSocketListenerEvent 2097 { 2098 /** 2099 * The listener is about to bind a socket. 2100 */ 2101 BINDING = 0, 2102 /** 2103 * The listener has bound a socket. 2104 */ 2105 BOUND = 1, 2106 /** 2107 * The listener is about to start 2108 * listening on this socket. 2109 */ 2110 LISTENING = 2, 2111 /** 2112 * The listener is now listening on 2113 * this socket. 2114 */ 2115 LISTENED = 3, 2116 } 2117 alias GSocketListenerEvent SocketListenerEvent; 2118 2119 /** 2120 * Flags used in g_socket_receive_message() and g_socket_send_message(). 2121 * The flags listed in the enum are some commonly available flags, but the 2122 * values used for them are the same as on the platform, and any other flags 2123 * are passed in/out as is. So to use a platform specific flag, just include 2124 * the right system header and pass in the flag. 2125 * 2126 * Since: 2.22 2127 */ 2128 public enum GSocketMsgFlags 2129 { 2130 /** 2131 * No flags. 2132 */ 2133 NONE = 0, 2134 /** 2135 * Request to send/receive out of band data. 2136 */ 2137 OOB = 1, 2138 /** 2139 * Read data from the socket without removing it from 2140 * the queue. 2141 */ 2142 PEEK = 2, 2143 /** 2144 * Don't use a gateway to send out the packet, 2145 * only send to hosts on directly connected networks. 2146 */ 2147 DONTROUTE = 4, 2148 } 2149 alias GSocketMsgFlags SocketMsgFlags; 2150 2151 /** 2152 * A protocol identifier is specified when creating a #GSocket, which is a 2153 * family/type specific identifier, where 0 means the default protocol for 2154 * the particular family/type. 2155 * 2156 * This enum contains a set of commonly available and used protocols. You 2157 * can also pass any other identifiers handled by the platform in order to 2158 * use protocols not listed here. 2159 * 2160 * Since: 2.22 2161 */ 2162 public enum GSocketProtocol 2163 { 2164 /** 2165 * The protocol type is unknown 2166 */ 2167 UNKNOWN = -1, 2168 /** 2169 * The default protocol for the family/type 2170 */ 2171 DEFAULT = 0, 2172 /** 2173 * TCP over IP 2174 */ 2175 TCP = 6, 2176 /** 2177 * UDP over IP 2178 */ 2179 UDP = 17, 2180 /** 2181 * SCTP over IP 2182 */ 2183 SCTP = 132, 2184 } 2185 alias GSocketProtocol SocketProtocol; 2186 2187 /** 2188 * Flags used when creating a #GSocket. Some protocols may not implement 2189 * all the socket types. 2190 * 2191 * Since: 2.22 2192 */ 2193 public enum GSocketType 2194 { 2195 /** 2196 * Type unknown or wrong 2197 */ 2198 INVALID = 0, 2199 /** 2200 * Reliable connection-based byte streams (e.g. TCP). 2201 */ 2202 STREAM = 1, 2203 /** 2204 * Connectionless, unreliable datagram passing. 2205 * (e.g. UDP) 2206 */ 2207 DATAGRAM = 2, 2208 /** 2209 * Reliable connection-based passing of datagrams 2210 * of fixed maximum length (e.g. SCTP). 2211 */ 2212 SEQPACKET = 3, 2213 } 2214 alias GSocketType SocketType; 2215 2216 /** 2217 * Flags to define the behaviour of a #GSubprocess. 2218 * 2219 * Note that the default for stdin is to redirect from /dev/null. For 2220 * stdout and stderr the default are for them to inherit the 2221 * corresponding descriptor from the calling process. 2222 * 2223 * Note that it is a programmer error to mix 'incompatible' flags. For 2224 * example, you may not request both %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE and 2225 * %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_SILENCE. 2226 * 2227 * Since: 2.40 2228 */ 2229 public enum GSubprocessFlags 2230 { 2231 /** 2232 * No flags. 2233 */ 2234 NONE = 0, 2235 /** 2236 * create a pipe for the stdin of the 2237 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2238 * g_subprocess_get_stdin_pipe(). 2239 */ 2240 STDIN_PIPE = 1, 2241 /** 2242 * stdin is inherited from the 2243 * calling process. 2244 */ 2245 STDIN_INHERIT = 2, 2246 /** 2247 * create a pipe for the stdout of the 2248 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2249 * g_subprocess_get_stdout_pipe(). 2250 */ 2251 STDOUT_PIPE = 4, 2252 /** 2253 * silence the stdout of the spawned 2254 * process (ie: redirect to /dev/null). 2255 */ 2256 STDOUT_SILENCE = 8, 2257 /** 2258 * create a pipe for the stderr of the 2259 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2260 * g_subprocess_get_stderr_pipe(). 2261 */ 2262 STDERR_PIPE = 16, 2263 /** 2264 * silence the stderr of the spawned 2265 * process (ie: redirect to /dev/null). 2266 */ 2267 STDERR_SILENCE = 32, 2268 /** 2269 * merge the stderr of the spawned 2270 * process with whatever the stdout happens to be. This is a good way 2271 * of directing both streams to a common log file, for example. 2272 */ 2273 STDERR_MERGE = 64, 2274 /** 2275 * spawned processes will inherit the 2276 * file descriptors of their parent, unless those descriptors have 2277 * been explicitly marked as close-on-exec. This flag has no effect 2278 * over the "standard" file descriptors (stdin, stdout, stderr). 2279 */ 2280 INHERIT_FDS = 128, 2281 } 2282 alias GSubprocessFlags SubprocessFlags; 2283 2284 /** 2285 * Flags to define future #GTestDBus behaviour. 2286 * 2287 * Since: 2.34 2288 */ 2289 public enum GTestDBusFlags 2290 { 2291 /** 2292 * No flags. 2293 */ 2294 NONE = 0, 2295 } 2296 alias GTestDBusFlags TestDBusFlags; 2297 2298 /** 2299 * The client authentication mode for a #GTlsServerConnection. 2300 * 2301 * Since: 2.28 2302 */ 2303 public enum GTlsAuthenticationMode 2304 { 2305 /** 2306 * client authentication not required 2307 */ 2308 NONE = 0, 2309 /** 2310 * client authentication is requested 2311 */ 2312 REQUESTED = 1, 2313 /** 2314 * client authentication is required 2315 */ 2316 REQUIRED = 2, 2317 } 2318 alias GTlsAuthenticationMode TlsAuthenticationMode; 2319 2320 /** 2321 * A set of flags describing TLS certification validation. This can be 2322 * used to set which validation steps to perform (eg, with 2323 * g_tls_client_connection_set_validation_flags()), or to describe why 2324 * a particular certificate was rejected (eg, in 2325 * #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate). 2326 * 2327 * Since: 2.28 2328 */ 2329 public enum GTlsCertificateFlags 2330 { 2331 /** 2332 * The signing certificate authority is 2333 * not known. 2334 */ 2335 UNKNOWN_CA = 1, 2336 /** 2337 * The certificate does not match the 2338 * expected identity of the site that it was retrieved from. 2339 */ 2340 BAD_IDENTITY = 2, 2341 /** 2342 * The certificate's activation time 2343 * is still in the future 2344 */ 2345 NOT_ACTIVATED = 4, 2346 /** 2347 * The certificate has expired 2348 */ 2349 EXPIRED = 8, 2350 /** 2351 * The certificate has been revoked 2352 * according to the #GTlsConnection's certificate revocation list. 2353 */ 2354 REVOKED = 16, 2355 /** 2356 * The certificate's algorithm is 2357 * considered insecure. 2358 */ 2359 INSECURE = 32, 2360 /** 2361 * Some other error occurred validating 2362 * the certificate 2363 */ 2364 GENERIC_ERROR = 64, 2365 /** 2366 * the combination of all of the above 2367 * flags 2368 */ 2369 VALIDATE_ALL = 127, 2370 } 2371 alias GTlsCertificateFlags TlsCertificateFlags; 2372 2373 /** 2374 * Flags for g_tls_interaction_request_certificate(), 2375 * g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async(), and 2376 * g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate(). 2377 * 2378 * Since: 2.40 2379 */ 2380 public enum GTlsCertificateRequestFlags 2381 { 2382 /** 2383 * No flags 2384 */ 2385 NONE = 0, 2386 } 2387 alias GTlsCertificateRequestFlags TlsCertificateRequestFlags; 2388 2389 /** 2390 * Flags for g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_handle(), 2391 * g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer(), 2392 * and g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by(). 2393 * 2394 * Since: 2.30 2395 */ 2396 public enum GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags 2397 { 2398 /** 2399 * No lookup flags 2400 */ 2401 NONE = 0, 2402 /** 2403 * Restrict lookup to certificates that have 2404 * a private key. 2405 */ 2406 KEYPAIR = 1, 2407 } 2408 alias GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags TlsDatabaseLookupFlags; 2409 2410 /** 2411 * Flags for g_tls_database_verify_chain(). 2412 * 2413 * Since: 2.30 2414 */ 2415 public enum GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags 2416 { 2417 /** 2418 * No verification flags 2419 */ 2420 NONE = 0, 2421 } 2422 alias GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags TlsDatabaseVerifyFlags; 2423 2424 /** 2425 * An error code used with %G_TLS_ERROR in a #GError returned from a 2426 * TLS-related routine. 2427 * 2428 * Since: 2.28 2429 */ 2430 public enum GTlsError 2431 { 2432 /** 2433 * No TLS provider is available 2434 */ 2435 UNAVAILABLE = 0, 2436 /** 2437 * Miscellaneous TLS error 2438 */ 2439 MISC = 1, 2440 /** 2441 * A certificate could not be parsed 2442 */ 2443 BAD_CERTIFICATE = 2, 2444 /** 2445 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2446 * peer does not seem to be a TLS server. 2447 */ 2448 NOT_TLS = 3, 2449 /** 2450 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2451 * peer's certificate was not acceptable. 2452 */ 2453 HANDSHAKE = 4, 2454 /** 2455 * The TLS handshake failed because 2456 * the server requested a client-side certificate, but none was 2457 * provided. See g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). 2458 */ 2459 CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED = 5, 2460 /** 2461 * The TLS connection was closed without proper 2462 * notice, which may indicate an attack. See 2463 * g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). 2464 */ 2465 EOF = 6, 2466 } 2467 alias GTlsError TlsError; 2468 2469 /** 2470 * #GTlsInteractionResult is returned by various functions in #GTlsInteraction 2471 * when finishing an interaction request. 2472 * 2473 * Since: 2.30 2474 */ 2475 public enum GTlsInteractionResult 2476 { 2477 /** 2478 * The interaction was unhandled (i.e. not 2479 * implemented). 2480 */ 2481 UNHANDLED = 0, 2482 /** 2483 * The interaction completed, and resulting data 2484 * is available. 2485 */ 2486 HANDLED = 1, 2487 /** 2488 * The interaction has failed, or was cancelled. 2489 * and the operation should be aborted. 2490 */ 2491 FAILED = 2, 2492 } 2493 alias GTlsInteractionResult TlsInteractionResult; 2494 2495 /** 2496 * Various flags for the password. 2497 * 2498 * Since: 2.30 2499 */ 2500 public enum GTlsPasswordFlags 2501 { 2502 /** 2503 * No flags 2504 */ 2505 NONE = 0, 2506 /** 2507 * The password was wrong, and the user should retry. 2508 */ 2509 RETRY = 2, 2510 /** 2511 * Hint to the user that the password has been 2512 * wrong many times, and the user may not have many chances left. 2513 */ 2514 MANY_TRIES = 4, 2515 /** 2516 * Hint to the user that this is the last try to get 2517 * this password right. 2518 */ 2519 FINAL_TRY = 8, 2520 } 2521 alias GTlsPasswordFlags TlsPasswordFlags; 2522 2523 /** 2524 * When to allow rehandshaking. See 2525 * g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). 2526 * 2527 * Since: 2.28 2528 */ 2529 public enum GTlsRehandshakeMode 2530 { 2531 /** 2532 * Never allow rehandshaking 2533 */ 2534 NEVER = 0, 2535 /** 2536 * Allow safe rehandshaking only 2537 */ 2538 SAFELY = 1, 2539 /** 2540 * Allow unsafe rehandshaking 2541 */ 2542 UNSAFELY = 2, 2543 } 2544 alias GTlsRehandshakeMode TlsRehandshakeMode; 2545 2546 /** 2547 * The type of name used by a #GUnixSocketAddress. 2548 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH indicates a traditional unix domain 2549 * socket bound to a filesystem path. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ANONYMOUS 2550 * indicates a socket not bound to any name (eg, a client-side socket, 2551 * or a socket created with socketpair()). 2552 * 2553 * For abstract sockets, there are two incompatible ways of naming 2554 * them; the man pages suggest using the entire `struct sockaddr_un` 2555 * as the name, padding the unused parts of the %sun_path field with 2556 * zeroes; this corresponds to %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED. 2557 * However, many programs instead just use a portion of %sun_path, and 2558 * pass an appropriate smaller length to bind() or connect(). This is 2559 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT. 2560 * 2561 * Since: 2.26 2562 */ 2563 public enum GUnixSocketAddressType 2564 { 2565 /** 2566 * invalid 2567 */ 2568 INVALID = 0, 2569 /** 2570 * anonymous 2571 */ 2572 ANONYMOUS = 1, 2573 /** 2574 * a filesystem path 2575 */ 2576 PATH = 2, 2577 /** 2578 * an abstract name 2579 */ 2580 ABSTRACT = 3, 2581 /** 2582 * an abstract name, 0-padded 2583 * to the full length of a unix socket name 2584 */ 2585 ABSTRACT_PADDED = 4, 2586 } 2587 alias GUnixSocketAddressType UnixSocketAddressType; 2588 2589 /** 2590 * Used to select the type of data format to use for #GZlibDecompressor 2591 * and #GZlibCompressor. 2592 * 2593 * Since: 2.24 2594 */ 2595 public enum GZlibCompressorFormat 2596 { 2597 /** 2598 * deflate compression with zlib header 2599 */ 2600 ZLIB = 0, 2601 /** 2602 * gzip file format 2603 */ 2604 GZIP = 1, 2605 /** 2606 * deflate compression with no header 2607 */ 2608 RAW = 2, 2609 } 2610 alias GZlibCompressorFormat ZlibCompressorFormat; 2611 2612 struct GAction; 2613 2614 /** 2615 * This struct defines a single action. It is for use with 2616 * g_action_map_add_action_entries(). 2617 * 2618 * The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect 2619 * frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser 2620 * in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values 2621 * after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in 2622 * the future. 2623 * 2624 * See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example. 2625 */ 2626 struct GActionEntry 2627 { 2628 /** 2629 * the name of the action 2630 */ 2631 const(char)* name; 2632 /** */ 2633 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* parameter, void* userData) activate; 2634 /** 2635 * the type of the parameter that must be passed to the 2636 * activate function for this action, given as a single 2637 * GVariant type string (or %NULL for no parameter) 2638 */ 2639 const(char)* parameterType; 2640 /** 2641 * the initial state for this action, given in 2642 * [GVariant text format][gvariant-text]. The state is parsed 2643 * with no extra type information, so type tags must be added to 2644 * the string if they are necessary. Stateless actions should 2645 * give %NULL here. 2646 */ 2647 const(char)* state; 2648 /** */ 2649 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* value, void* userData) changeState; 2650 size_t[3] padding; 2651 } 2652 2653 struct GActionGroup; 2654 2655 /** 2656 * The virtual function table for #GActionGroup. 2657 * 2658 * Since: 2.28 2659 */ 2660 struct GActionGroupInterface 2661 { 2662 GTypeInterface gIface; 2663 /** 2664 * 2665 * Params: 2666 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2667 * actionName = the name of the action to check for 2668 * Returns: whether the named action exists 2669 */ 2670 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) hasAction; 2671 /** 2672 * 2673 * Params: 2674 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2675 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the 2676 * actions in the group 2677 */ 2678 extern(C) char** function(GActionGroup* actionGroup) listActions; 2679 /** 2680 * 2681 * Params: 2682 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2683 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2684 * Returns: whether or not the action is currently enabled 2685 */ 2686 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionEnabled; 2687 /** 2688 * 2689 * Params: 2690 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2691 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2692 * Returns: the parameter type 2693 */ 2694 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionParameterType; 2695 /** 2696 * 2697 * Params: 2698 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2699 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2700 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 2701 */ 2702 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateType; 2703 /** 2704 * 2705 * Params: 2706 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2707 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2708 * Returns: the state range hint 2709 */ 2710 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateHint; 2711 /** 2712 * 2713 * Params: 2714 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2715 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2716 * Returns: the current state of the action 2717 */ 2718 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionState; 2719 /** */ 2720 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value) changeActionState; 2721 /** */ 2722 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter) activateAction; 2723 /** */ 2724 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionAdded; 2725 /** */ 2726 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionRemoved; 2727 /** */ 2728 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int enabled) actionEnabledChanged; 2729 /** */ 2730 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* state) actionStateChanged; 2731 /** 2732 * 2733 * Params: 2734 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2735 * actionName = the name of an action in the group 2736 * enabled = if the action is presently enabled 2737 * parameterType = the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed 2738 * stateType = the state type, or %NULL if stateless 2739 * stateHint = the state hint, or %NULL if none 2740 * state = the current state, or %NULL if stateless 2741 * Returns: %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE 2742 */ 2743 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int* enabled, GVariantType** parameterType, GVariantType** stateType, GVariant** stateHint, GVariant** state) queryAction; 2744 } 2745 2746 /** 2747 * The virtual function table for #GAction. 2748 * 2749 * Since: 2.28 2750 */ 2751 struct GActionInterface 2752 { 2753 GTypeInterface gIface; 2754 /** 2755 * 2756 * Params: 2757 * action = a #GAction 2758 * Returns: the name of the action 2759 */ 2760 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAction* action) getName; 2761 /** 2762 * 2763 * Params: 2764 * action = a #GAction 2765 * Returns: the parameter type 2766 */ 2767 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getParameterType; 2768 /** 2769 * 2770 * Params: 2771 * action = a #GAction 2772 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 2773 */ 2774 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getStateType; 2775 /** 2776 * 2777 * Params: 2778 * action = a #GAction 2779 * Returns: the state range hint 2780 */ 2781 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getStateHint; 2782 /** 2783 * 2784 * Params: 2785 * action = a #GAction 2786 * Returns: whether the action is enabled 2787 */ 2788 extern(C) int function(GAction* action) getEnabled; 2789 /** 2790 * 2791 * Params: 2792 * action = a #GAction 2793 * Returns: the current state of the action 2794 */ 2795 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getState; 2796 /** */ 2797 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* value) changeState; 2798 /** */ 2799 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* parameter) activate; 2800 } 2801 2802 struct GActionMap; 2803 2804 /** 2805 * The virtual function table for #GActionMap. 2806 * 2807 * Since: 2.32 2808 */ 2809 struct GActionMapInterface 2810 { 2811 GTypeInterface gIface; 2812 /** 2813 * 2814 * Params: 2815 * actionMap = a #GActionMap 2816 * actionName = the name of an action 2817 * Returns: a #GAction, or %NULL 2818 */ 2819 extern(C) GAction* function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) lookupAction; 2820 /** */ 2821 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, GAction* action) addAction; 2822 /** */ 2823 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) removeAction; 2824 } 2825 2826 struct GAppInfo; 2827 2828 /** 2829 * Application Information interface, for operating system portability. 2830 */ 2831 struct GAppInfoIface 2832 { 2833 /** 2834 * The parent interface. 2835 */ 2836 GTypeInterface gIface; 2837 /** 2838 * 2839 * Params: 2840 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2841 * Returns: a duplicate of @appinfo. 2842 */ 2843 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) dup; 2844 /** 2845 * 2846 * Params: 2847 * appinfo1 = the first #GAppInfo. 2848 * appinfo2 = the second #GAppInfo. 2849 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. 2850 */ 2851 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo1, GAppInfo* appinfo2) equal; 2852 /** 2853 * 2854 * Params: 2855 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2856 * Returns: a string containing the application's ID. 2857 */ 2858 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getId; 2859 /** 2860 * 2861 * Params: 2862 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2863 * Returns: the name of the application for @appinfo. 2864 */ 2865 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getName; 2866 /** 2867 * 2868 * Params: 2869 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2870 * Returns: a string containing a description of the 2871 * application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. 2872 */ 2873 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDescription; 2874 /** */ 2875 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getExecutable; 2876 /** 2877 * 2878 * Params: 2879 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2880 * Returns: the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL 2881 * if there is no default icon. 2882 */ 2883 extern(C) GIcon* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getIcon; 2884 /** 2885 * 2886 * Params: 2887 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2888 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 2889 * launchContext = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 2890 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 2891 * 2892 * Throws: GException on failure. 2893 */ 2894 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* files, GAppLaunchContext* launchContext, GError** err) launch; 2895 /** 2896 * 2897 * Params: 2898 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2899 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. 2900 */ 2901 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsUris; 2902 /** 2903 * 2904 * Params: 2905 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2906 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. 2907 */ 2908 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsFiles; 2909 /** 2910 * 2911 * Params: 2912 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2913 * uris = a #GList containing URIs to launch. 2914 * launchContext = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 2915 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 2916 * 2917 * Throws: GException on failure. 2918 */ 2919 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* uris, GAppLaunchContext* launchContext, GError** err) launchUris; 2920 /** 2921 * 2922 * Params: 2923 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2924 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. 2925 */ 2926 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) shouldShow; 2927 /** 2928 * 2929 * Params: 2930 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2931 * contentType = the content type. 2932 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2933 * 2934 * Throws: GException on failure. 2935 */ 2936 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsDefaultForType; 2937 /** 2938 * 2939 * Params: 2940 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2941 * extension = a string containing the file extension 2942 * (without the dot). 2943 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2944 * 2945 * Throws: GException on failure. 2946 */ 2947 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, char* extension, GError** err) setAsDefaultForExtension; 2948 /** 2949 * 2950 * Params: 2951 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2952 * contentType = a string. 2953 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2954 * 2955 * Throws: GException on failure. 2956 */ 2957 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) addSupportsType; 2958 /** 2959 * 2960 * Params: 2961 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2962 * Returns: %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported 2963 * content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. 2964 */ 2965 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canRemoveSupportsType; 2966 /** 2967 * 2968 * Params: 2969 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2970 * contentType = a string. 2971 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2972 * 2973 * Throws: GException on failure. 2974 */ 2975 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) removeSupportsType; 2976 /** 2977 * 2978 * Params: 2979 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2980 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted 2981 */ 2982 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canDelete; 2983 /** 2984 * 2985 * Params: 2986 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2987 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted 2988 */ 2989 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) doDelete; 2990 /** */ 2991 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getCommandline; 2992 /** 2993 * 2994 * Params: 2995 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2996 * Returns: the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if 2997 * no display name is available. 2998 */ 2999 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDisplayName; 3000 /** 3001 * 3002 * Params: 3003 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3004 * contentType = the content type. 3005 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3006 * 3007 * Throws: GException on failure. 3008 */ 3009 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsLastUsedForType; 3010 /** 3011 * 3012 * Params: 3013 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo that can handle files 3014 * Returns: a list of content types. 3015 */ 3016 extern(C) char** function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getSupportedTypes; 3017 } 3018 3019 struct GAppInfoMonitor; 3020 3021 struct GAppLaunchContext 3022 { 3023 GObject parentInstance; 3024 GAppLaunchContextPrivate* priv; 3025 } 3026 3027 struct GAppLaunchContextClass 3028 { 3029 GObjectClass parentClass; 3030 /** 3031 * 3032 * Params: 3033 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3034 * info = a #GAppInfo 3035 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 3036 * Returns: a display string for the display. 3037 */ 3038 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getDisplay; 3039 /** 3040 * 3041 * Params: 3042 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3043 * info = a #GAppInfo 3044 * files = a #GList of of #GFile objects 3045 * Returns: a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if 3046 * not supported. 3047 */ 3048 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getStartupNotifyId; 3049 /** */ 3050 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, const(char)* startupNotifyId) launchFailed; 3051 /** */ 3052 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GVariant* platformData) launched; 3053 /** */ 3054 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3055 /** */ 3056 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3057 /** */ 3058 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3059 /** */ 3060 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3061 } 3062 3063 struct GAppLaunchContextPrivate; 3064 3065 struct GApplication 3066 { 3067 GObject parentInstance; 3068 GApplicationPrivate* priv; 3069 } 3070 3071 /** 3072 * Virtual function table for #GApplication. 3073 * 3074 * Since: 2.28 3075 */ 3076 struct GApplicationClass 3077 { 3078 GObjectClass parentClass; 3079 /** */ 3080 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) startup; 3081 /** */ 3082 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) activate; 3083 /** */ 3084 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GFile** files, int nFiles, const(char)* hint) open; 3085 /** */ 3086 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GApplicationCommandLine* commandLine) commandLine; 3087 /** 3088 * 3089 * Params: 3090 * application = a #GApplication 3091 * arguments = array of command line arguments 3092 * exitStatus = exit status to fill after processing the command line. 3093 * Returns: %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled 3094 */ 3095 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, char*** arguments, int* exitStatus) localCommandLine; 3096 /** */ 3097 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) beforeEmit; 3098 /** */ 3099 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) afterEmit; 3100 /** */ 3101 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariantBuilder* builder) addPlatformData; 3102 /** */ 3103 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) quitMainloop; 3104 /** */ 3105 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) runMainloop; 3106 /** */ 3107 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) shutdown; 3108 /** */ 3109 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath, GError** err) dbusRegister; 3110 /** */ 3111 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath) dbusUnregister; 3112 /** */ 3113 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GVariantDict* options) handleLocalOptions; 3114 void*[8] padding; 3115 } 3116 3117 struct GApplicationCommandLine 3118 { 3119 GObject parentInstance; 3120 GApplicationCommandLinePrivate* priv; 3121 } 3122 3123 /** 3124 * The #GApplicationCommandLineClass-struct 3125 * contains private data only. 3126 * 3127 * Since: 2.28 3128 */ 3129 struct GApplicationCommandLineClass 3130 { 3131 GObjectClass parentClass; 3132 /** */ 3133 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printLiteral; 3134 /** */ 3135 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printerrLiteral; 3136 /** 3137 * 3138 * Params: 3139 * cmdline = a #GApplicationCommandLine 3140 * Returns: a #GInputStream for stdin 3141 */ 3142 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline) getStdin; 3143 void*[11] padding; 3144 } 3145 3146 struct GApplicationCommandLinePrivate; 3147 3148 struct GApplicationPrivate; 3149 3150 struct GAsyncInitable; 3151 3152 /** 3153 * Provides an interface for asynchronous initializing object such that 3154 * initialization may fail. 3155 * 3156 * Since: 2.22 3157 */ 3158 struct GAsyncInitableIface 3159 { 3160 /** 3161 * The parent interface. 3162 */ 3163 GTypeInterface gIface; 3164 /** */ 3165 extern(C) void function(GAsyncInitable* initable, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) initAsync; 3166 /** 3167 * 3168 * Params: 3169 * initable = a #GAsyncInitable. 3170 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3171 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function 3172 * will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 3173 * 3174 * Throws: GException on failure. 3175 */ 3176 extern(C) int function(GAsyncInitable* initable, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) initFinish; 3177 } 3178 3179 struct GAsyncResult; 3180 3181 /** 3182 * Interface definition for #GAsyncResult. 3183 */ 3184 struct GAsyncResultIface 3185 { 3186 /** 3187 * The parent interface. 3188 */ 3189 GTypeInterface gIface; 3190 /** 3191 * 3192 * Params: 3193 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3194 * Returns: the user data for @res. 3195 */ 3196 extern(C) void* function(GAsyncResult* res) getUserData; 3197 /** 3198 * 3199 * Params: 3200 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3201 * Returns: a new reference to the source object for the @res, 3202 * or %NULL if there is none. 3203 */ 3204 extern(C) GObject* function(GAsyncResult* res) getSourceObject; 3205 /** 3206 * 3207 * Params: 3208 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3209 * sourceTag = an application-defined tag 3210 * Returns: %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if 3211 * not. 3212 */ 3213 extern(C) int function(GAsyncResult* res, void* sourceTag) isTagged; 3214 } 3215 3216 struct GBufferedInputStream 3217 { 3218 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3219 GBufferedInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3220 } 3221 3222 struct GBufferedInputStreamClass 3223 { 3224 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3225 /** 3226 * 3227 * Params: 3228 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3229 * count = the number of bytes that will be read from the stream 3230 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 3231 * Returns: the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, 3232 * or -1 on error. 3233 * 3234 * Throws: GException on failure. 3235 */ 3236 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) fill; 3237 /** */ 3238 extern(C) void function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) fillAsync; 3239 /** 3240 * 3241 * Params: 3242 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3243 * result = a #GAsyncResult 3244 * Returns: a #gssize of the read stream, or %-1 on an error. 3245 * 3246 * Throws: GException on failure. 3247 */ 3248 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) fillFinish; 3249 /** */ 3250 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3251 /** */ 3252 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3253 /** */ 3254 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3255 /** */ 3256 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3257 /** */ 3258 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3259 } 3260 3261 struct GBufferedInputStreamPrivate; 3262 3263 struct GBufferedOutputStream 3264 { 3265 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3266 GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3267 } 3268 3269 struct GBufferedOutputStreamClass 3270 { 3271 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3272 /** */ 3273 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3274 /** */ 3275 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3276 } 3277 3278 struct GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate; 3279 3280 struct GBytesIcon; 3281 3282 struct GCancellable 3283 { 3284 GObject parentInstance; 3285 GCancellablePrivate* priv; 3286 } 3287 3288 struct GCancellableClass 3289 { 3290 GObjectClass parentClass; 3291 /** */ 3292 extern(C) void function(GCancellable* cancellable) cancelled; 3293 /** */ 3294 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3295 /** */ 3296 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3297 /** */ 3298 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3299 /** */ 3300 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3301 /** */ 3302 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3303 } 3304 3305 struct GCancellablePrivate; 3306 3307 struct GCharsetConverter; 3308 3309 struct GCharsetConverterClass 3310 { 3311 GObjectClass parentClass; 3312 } 3313 3314 struct GConverter; 3315 3316 /** 3317 * Provides an interface for converting data from one type 3318 * to another type. The conversion can be stateful 3319 * and may fail at any place. 3320 * 3321 * Since: 2.24 3322 */ 3323 struct GConverterIface 3324 { 3325 /** 3326 * The parent interface. 3327 */ 3328 GTypeInterface gIface; 3329 /** 3330 * 3331 * Params: 3332 * converter = a #GConverter. 3333 * inbuf = the buffer 3334 * containing the data to convert. 3335 * inbufSize = the number of bytes in @inbuf 3336 * outbuf = a buffer to write 3337 * converted data in. 3338 * outbufSize = the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one 3339 * flags = a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details 3340 * bytesRead = will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success 3341 * bytesWritten = will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success 3342 * Returns: a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. 3343 * 3344 * Throws: GException on failure. 3345 */ 3346 extern(C) GConverterResult function(GConverter* converter, void* inbuf, size_t inbufSize, void* outbuf, size_t outbufSize, GConverterFlags flags, size_t* bytesRead, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) convert; 3347 /** */ 3348 extern(C) void function(GConverter* converter) reset; 3349 } 3350 3351 struct GConverterInputStream 3352 { 3353 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3354 GConverterInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3355 } 3356 3357 struct GConverterInputStreamClass 3358 { 3359 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3360 /** */ 3361 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3362 /** */ 3363 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3364 /** */ 3365 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3366 /** */ 3367 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3368 /** */ 3369 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3370 } 3371 3372 struct GConverterInputStreamPrivate; 3373 3374 struct GConverterOutputStream 3375 { 3376 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3377 GConverterOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3378 } 3379 3380 struct GConverterOutputStreamClass 3381 { 3382 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3383 /** */ 3384 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3385 /** */ 3386 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3387 /** */ 3388 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3389 /** */ 3390 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3391 /** */ 3392 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3393 } 3394 3395 struct GConverterOutputStreamPrivate; 3396 3397 struct GCredentials; 3398 3399 /** 3400 * Class structure for #GCredentials. 3401 * 3402 * Since: 2.26 3403 */ 3404 struct GCredentialsClass; 3405 3406 struct GDBusActionGroup; 3407 3408 struct GDBusAnnotationInfo 3409 { 3410 /** 3411 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3412 */ 3413 int refCount; 3414 /** 3415 * The name of the annotation, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Deprecated". 3416 */ 3417 char* key; 3418 /** 3419 * The value of the annotation. 3420 */ 3421 char* value; 3422 /** 3423 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3424 */ 3425 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3426 } 3427 3428 struct GDBusArgInfo 3429 { 3430 /** 3431 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3432 */ 3433 int refCount; 3434 /** 3435 * Name of the argument, e.g. @unix_user_id. 3436 */ 3437 char* name; 3438 /** 3439 * D-Bus signature of the argument (a single complete type). 3440 */ 3441 char* signature; 3442 /** 3443 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3444 */ 3445 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3446 } 3447 3448 struct GDBusAuthObserver; 3449 3450 struct GDBusConnection; 3451 3452 /** 3453 * Struct used in g_dbus_error_register_error_domain(). 3454 * 3455 * Since: 2.26 3456 */ 3457 struct GDBusErrorEntry 3458 { 3459 /** 3460 * An error code. 3461 */ 3462 int errorCode; 3463 /** 3464 * The D-Bus error name to associate with @error_code. 3465 */ 3466 const(char)* dbusErrorName; 3467 } 3468 3469 struct GDBusInterface; 3470 3471 /** 3472 * Base type for D-Bus interfaces. 3473 * 3474 * Since: 2.30 3475 */ 3476 struct GDBusInterfaceIface 3477 { 3478 /** 3479 * The parent interface. 3480 */ 3481 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3482 /** 3483 * 3484 * Params: 3485 * iface = An exported D-Bus interface. 3486 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. 3487 */ 3488 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterface* iface) getInfo; 3489 /** 3490 * 3491 * Params: 3492 * iface = An exported D-Bus interface 3493 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3494 * reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. 3495 */ 3496 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* iface) getObject; 3497 /** */ 3498 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterface* iface, GDBusObject* object) setObject; 3499 /** 3500 * 3501 * Params: 3502 * iface = An exported D-Bus interface. 3503 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3504 * reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). 3505 */ 3506 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* iface) dupObject; 3507 } 3508 3509 struct GDBusInterfaceInfo 3510 { 3511 /** 3512 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3513 */ 3514 int refCount; 3515 /** 3516 * The name of the D-Bus interface, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3517 */ 3518 char* name; 3519 /** 3520 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusMethodInfo structures or %NULL if there are no methods. 3521 */ 3522 GDBusMethodInfo** methods; 3523 /** 3524 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusSignalInfo structures or %NULL if there are no signals. 3525 */ 3526 GDBusSignalInfo** signals; 3527 /** 3528 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusPropertyInfo structures or %NULL if there are no properties. 3529 */ 3530 GDBusPropertyInfo** properties; 3531 /** 3532 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3533 */ 3534 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3535 } 3536 3537 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeleton 3538 { 3539 GObject parentInstance; 3540 GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate* priv; 3541 } 3542 3543 /** 3544 * Class structure for #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3545 * 3546 * Since: 2.30 3547 */ 3548 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonClass 3549 { 3550 /** 3551 * The parent class. 3552 */ 3553 GObjectClass parentClass; 3554 /** 3555 * 3556 * Params: 3557 * iface = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3558 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. 3559 */ 3560 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) getInfo; 3561 /** 3562 * 3563 * Params: 3564 * iface = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3565 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). 3566 */ 3567 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) getVtable; 3568 /** 3569 * 3570 * Params: 3571 * iface = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3572 * Returns: A #GVariant of type 3573 * ['a{sv}'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS]. 3574 * Free with g_variant_unref(). 3575 */ 3576 extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) getProperties; 3577 /** */ 3578 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) flush; 3579 void*[8] vfuncPadding; 3580 /** */ 3581 extern(C) int function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) gAuthorizeMethod; 3582 void*[8] signalPadding; 3583 } 3584 3585 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate; 3586 3587 /** 3588 * Virtual table for handling properties and method calls for a D-Bus 3589 * interface. 3590 * 3591 * Since 2.38, if you want to handle getting/setting D-Bus properties 3592 * asynchronously, give %NULL as your get_property() or set_property() 3593 * function. The D-Bus call will be directed to your @method_call function, 3594 * with the provided @interface_name set to "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3595 * 3596 * Ownership of the #GDBusMethodInvocation object passed to the 3597 * method_call() function is transferred to your handler; you must 3598 * call one of the methods of #GDBusMethodInvocation to return a reply 3599 * (possibly empty), or an error. These functions also take ownership 3600 * of the passed-in invocation object, so unless the invocation 3601 * object has otherwise been referenced, it will be then be freed. 3602 * Calling one of these functions may be done within your 3603 * method_call() implementation but it also can be done at a later 3604 * point to handle the method asynchronously. 3605 * 3606 * The usual checks on the validity of the calls is performed. For 3607 * `Get` calls, an error is automatically returned if the property does 3608 * not exist or the permissions do not allow access. The same checks are 3609 * performed for `Set` calls, and the provided value is also checked for 3610 * being the correct type. 3611 * 3612 * For both `Get` and `Set` calls, the #GDBusMethodInvocation 3613 * passed to the @method_call handler can be queried with 3614 * g_dbus_method_invocation_get_property_info() to get a pointer 3615 * to the #GDBusPropertyInfo of the property. 3616 * 3617 * If you have readable properties specified in your interface info, 3618 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @get_property() 3619 * function or provide implementations of both the `Get` and `GetAll` 3620 * methods on org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface in your @method_call 3621 * function. Note that the required return type of the `Get` call is 3622 * `(v)`, not the type of the property. `GetAll` expects a return value 3623 * of type `a{sv}`. 3624 * 3625 * If you have writable properties specified in your interface info, 3626 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @set_property() 3627 * function or provide an implementation of the `Set` call. If implementing 3628 * the call, you must return the value of type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. 3629 * 3630 * Since: 2.26 3631 */ 3632 struct GDBusInterfaceVTable 3633 { 3634 /** 3635 * Function for handling incoming method calls. 3636 */ 3637 GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc methodCall; 3638 /** 3639 * Function for getting a property. 3640 */ 3641 GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc getProperty; 3642 /** 3643 * Function for setting a property. 3644 */ 3645 GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc setProperty; 3646 void*[8] padding; 3647 } 3648 3649 struct GDBusMenuModel; 3650 3651 struct GDBusMessage; 3652 3653 struct GDBusMethodInfo 3654 { 3655 /** 3656 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3657 */ 3658 int refCount; 3659 /** 3660 * The name of the D-Bus method, e.g. @RequestName. 3661 */ 3662 char* name; 3663 /** 3664 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no in arguments. 3665 */ 3666 GDBusArgInfo** inArgs; 3667 /** 3668 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no out arguments. 3669 */ 3670 GDBusArgInfo** outArgs; 3671 /** 3672 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3673 */ 3674 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3675 } 3676 3677 struct GDBusMethodInvocation; 3678 3679 struct GDBusNodeInfo 3680 { 3681 /** 3682 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3683 */ 3684 int refCount; 3685 /** 3686 * The path of the node or %NULL if omitted. Note that this may be a relative path. See the D-Bus specification for more details. 3687 */ 3688 char* path; 3689 /** 3690 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo structures or %NULL if there are no interfaces. 3691 */ 3692 GDBusInterfaceInfo** interfaces; 3693 /** 3694 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusNodeInfo structures or %NULL if there are no nodes. 3695 */ 3696 GDBusNodeInfo** nodes; 3697 /** 3698 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3699 */ 3700 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3701 } 3702 3703 struct GDBusObject; 3704 3705 /** 3706 * Base object type for D-Bus objects. 3707 * 3708 * Since: 2.30 3709 */ 3710 struct GDBusObjectIface 3711 { 3712 /** 3713 * The parent interface. 3714 */ 3715 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3716 /** 3717 * 3718 * Params: 3719 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3720 * Returns: A string owned by @object. Do not free. 3721 */ 3722 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObject* object) getObjectPath; 3723 /** 3724 * 3725 * Params: 3726 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3727 * Returns: A list of #GDBusInterface instances. 3728 * The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed 3729 * with g_object_unref(). 3730 */ 3731 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObject* object) getInterfaces; 3732 /** 3733 * 3734 * Params: 3735 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3736 * interfaceName = A D-Bus interface name. 3737 * Returns: %NULL if not found, otherwise a 3738 * #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). 3739 */ 3740 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObject* object, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 3741 /** */ 3742 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceAdded; 3743 /** */ 3744 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceRemoved; 3745 } 3746 3747 struct GDBusObjectManager; 3748 3749 struct GDBusObjectManagerClient 3750 { 3751 GObject parentInstance; 3752 GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate* priv; 3753 } 3754 3755 /** 3756 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 3757 * 3758 * Since: 2.30 3759 */ 3760 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientClass 3761 { 3762 /** 3763 * The parent class. 3764 */ 3765 GObjectClass parentClass; 3766 /** */ 3767 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) interfaceProxySignal; 3768 /** */ 3769 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) interfaceProxyPropertiesChanged; 3770 void*[8] padding; 3771 } 3772 3773 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate; 3774 3775 /** 3776 * Base type for D-Bus object managers. 3777 * 3778 * Since: 2.30 3779 */ 3780 struct GDBusObjectManagerIface 3781 { 3782 /** 3783 * The parent interface. 3784 */ 3785 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3786 /** 3787 * 3788 * Params: 3789 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3790 * Returns: A string owned by @manager. Do not free. 3791 */ 3792 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjectPath; 3793 /** 3794 * 3795 * Params: 3796 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3797 * Returns: A list of 3798 * #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with 3799 * g_list_free() after each element has been freed with 3800 * g_object_unref(). 3801 */ 3802 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjects; 3803 /** 3804 * 3805 * Params: 3806 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3807 * objectPath = Object path to lookup. 3808 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with 3809 * g_object_unref(). 3810 */ 3811 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath) getObject; 3812 /** 3813 * 3814 * Params: 3815 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3816 * objectPath = Object path to lookup. 3817 * interfaceName = D-Bus interface name to lookup. 3818 * Returns: A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free 3819 * with g_object_unref(). 3820 */ 3821 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 3822 /** */ 3823 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectAdded; 3824 /** */ 3825 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectRemoved; 3826 /** */ 3827 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceAdded; 3828 /** */ 3829 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceRemoved; 3830 } 3831 3832 struct GDBusObjectManagerServer 3833 { 3834 GObject parentInstance; 3835 GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate* priv; 3836 } 3837 3838 /** 3839 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerServer. 3840 * 3841 * Since: 2.30 3842 */ 3843 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerClass 3844 { 3845 /** 3846 * The parent class. 3847 */ 3848 GObjectClass parentClass; 3849 void*[8] padding; 3850 } 3851 3852 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate; 3853 3854 struct GDBusObjectProxy 3855 { 3856 GObject parentInstance; 3857 GDBusObjectProxyPrivate* priv; 3858 } 3859 3860 /** 3861 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectProxy. 3862 * 3863 * Since: 2.30 3864 */ 3865 struct GDBusObjectProxyClass 3866 { 3867 /** 3868 * The parent class. 3869 */ 3870 GObjectClass parentClass; 3871 void*[8] padding; 3872 } 3873 3874 struct GDBusObjectProxyPrivate; 3875 3876 struct GDBusObjectSkeleton 3877 { 3878 GObject parentInstance; 3879 GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate* priv; 3880 } 3881 3882 /** 3883 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectSkeleton. 3884 * 3885 * Since: 2.30 3886 */ 3887 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonClass 3888 { 3889 /** 3890 * The parent class. 3891 */ 3892 GObjectClass parentClass; 3893 /** */ 3894 extern(C) int function(GDBusObjectSkeleton* object, GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) authorizeMethod; 3895 void*[8] padding; 3896 } 3897 3898 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate; 3899 3900 struct GDBusPropertyInfo 3901 { 3902 /** 3903 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3904 */ 3905 int refCount; 3906 /** 3907 * The name of the D-Bus property, e.g. "SupportedFilesystems". 3908 */ 3909 char* name; 3910 /** 3911 * The D-Bus signature of the property (a single complete type). 3912 */ 3913 char* signature; 3914 /** 3915 * Access control flags for the property. 3916 */ 3917 GDBusPropertyInfoFlags flags; 3918 /** 3919 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3920 */ 3921 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3922 } 3923 3924 struct GDBusProxy 3925 { 3926 GObject parentInstance; 3927 GDBusProxyPrivate* priv; 3928 } 3929 3930 /** 3931 * Class structure for #GDBusProxy. 3932 * 3933 * Since: 2.26 3934 */ 3935 struct GDBusProxyClass 3936 { 3937 GObjectClass parentClass; 3938 /** */ 3939 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) gPropertiesChanged; 3940 /** */ 3941 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) gSignal; 3942 void*[32] padding; 3943 } 3944 3945 struct GDBusProxyPrivate; 3946 3947 struct GDBusServer; 3948 3949 struct GDBusSignalInfo 3950 { 3951 /** 3952 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3953 */ 3954 int refCount; 3955 /** 3956 * The name of the D-Bus signal, e.g. "NameOwnerChanged". 3957 */ 3958 char* name; 3959 /** 3960 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no arguments. 3961 */ 3962 GDBusArgInfo** args; 3963 /** 3964 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3965 */ 3966 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3967 } 3968 3969 /** 3970 * Virtual table for handling subtrees registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 3971 * 3972 * Since: 2.26 3973 */ 3974 struct GDBusSubtreeVTable 3975 { 3976 /** 3977 * Function for enumerating child nodes. 3978 */ 3979 GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc enumerate; 3980 /** 3981 * Function for introspecting a child node. 3982 */ 3983 GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc introspect; 3984 /** 3985 * Function for dispatching a remote call on a child node. 3986 */ 3987 GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc dispatch; 3988 void*[8] padding; 3989 } 3990 3991 struct GDataInputStream 3992 { 3993 GBufferedInputStream parentInstance; 3994 GDataInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3995 } 3996 3997 struct GDataInputStreamClass 3998 { 3999 GBufferedInputStreamClass parentClass; 4000 /** */ 4001 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4002 /** */ 4003 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4004 /** */ 4005 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4006 /** */ 4007 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4008 /** */ 4009 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4010 } 4011 4012 struct GDataInputStreamPrivate; 4013 4014 struct GDataOutputStream 4015 { 4016 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 4017 GDataOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 4018 } 4019 4020 struct GDataOutputStreamClass 4021 { 4022 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 4023 /** */ 4024 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4025 /** */ 4026 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4027 /** */ 4028 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4029 /** */ 4030 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4031 /** */ 4032 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4033 } 4034 4035 struct GDataOutputStreamPrivate; 4036 4037 struct GDatagramBased; 4038 4039 /** 4040 * Provides an interface for socket-like objects which have datagram semantics, 4041 * following the Berkeley sockets API. The interface methods are thin wrappers 4042 * around the corresponding virtual methods, and no pre-processing of inputs is 4043 * implemented — so implementations of this API must handle all functionality 4044 * documented in the interface methods. 4045 * 4046 * Since: 2.48 4047 */ 4048 struct GDatagramBasedInterface 4049 { 4050 /** 4051 * The parent interface. 4052 */ 4053 GTypeInterface gIface; 4054 /** 4055 * 4056 * Params: 4057 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4058 * messages = an array of #GInputMessage structs 4059 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4060 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation 4061 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4062 * to block indefinitely 4063 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4064 * Returns: number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number 4065 * of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is 4066 * zero or positive, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages 4067 * was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try 4068 * to receive the remaining messages. 4069 * 4070 * Throws: GException on failure. 4071 */ 4072 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GInputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) receiveMessages; 4073 /** 4074 * 4075 * Params: 4076 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4077 * messages = an array of #GOutputMessage structs 4078 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4079 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags 4080 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4081 * to block indefinitely 4082 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4083 * Returns: number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of 4084 * messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is zero 4085 * or positive, or if @num_messages was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in 4086 * which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. 4087 * 4088 * Throws: GException on failure. 4089 */ 4090 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GOutputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) sendMessages; 4091 /** 4092 * 4093 * Params: 4094 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4095 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to monitor 4096 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4097 * Returns: a newly allocated #GSource 4098 */ 4099 extern(C) GSource* function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 4100 /** 4101 * 4102 * Params: 4103 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4104 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to check 4105 * Returns: the #GIOCondition mask of the current state 4106 */ 4107 extern(C) GIOCondition function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition) conditionCheck; 4108 /** 4109 * 4110 * Params: 4111 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4112 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to wait for 4113 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4114 * to block indefinitely 4115 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4116 * Returns: %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise 4117 * 4118 * Throws: GException on failure. 4119 */ 4120 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) conditionWait; 4121 } 4122 4123 struct GDesktopAppInfo; 4124 4125 struct GDesktopAppInfoClass 4126 { 4127 GObjectClass parentClass; 4128 } 4129 4130 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookup; 4131 4132 /** 4133 * Interface that is used by backends to associate default 4134 * handlers with URI schemes. 4135 */ 4136 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookupIface 4137 { 4138 GTypeInterface gIface; 4139 /** 4140 * 4141 * Params: 4142 * lookup = a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup 4143 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme. 4144 * Returns: #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. 4145 */ 4146 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GDesktopAppInfoLookup* lookup, const(char)* uriScheme) getDefaultForUriScheme; 4147 } 4148 4149 struct GDrive; 4150 4151 /** 4152 * Interface for creating #GDrive implementations. 4153 */ 4154 struct GDriveIface 4155 { 4156 /** 4157 * The parent interface. 4158 */ 4159 GTypeInterface gIface; 4160 /** */ 4161 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) changed; 4162 /** */ 4163 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) disconnected; 4164 /** */ 4165 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) ejectButton; 4166 /** 4167 * 4168 * Params: 4169 * drive = a #GDrive. 4170 * Returns: a string containing @drive's name. The returned 4171 * string should be freed when no longer needed. 4172 */ 4173 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive) getName; 4174 /** 4175 * 4176 * Params: 4177 * drive = a #GDrive. 4178 * Returns: #GIcon for the @drive. 4179 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4180 */ 4181 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getIcon; 4182 /** 4183 * 4184 * Params: 4185 * drive = a #GDrive. 4186 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. 4187 */ 4188 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasVolumes; 4189 /** 4190 * 4191 * Params: 4192 * drive = a #GDrive. 4193 * Returns: #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. 4194 */ 4195 extern(C) GList* function(GDrive* drive) getVolumes; 4196 /** 4197 * 4198 * Params: 4199 * drive = a #GDrive. 4200 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. 4201 */ 4202 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaRemovable; 4203 /** 4204 * 4205 * Params: 4206 * drive = a #GDrive. 4207 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. 4208 */ 4209 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasMedia; 4210 /** 4211 * 4212 * Params: 4213 * drive = a #GDrive. 4214 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting 4215 * media changes, %FALSE otherwise. 4216 */ 4217 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaCheckAutomatic; 4218 /** 4219 * 4220 * Params: 4221 * drive = a #GDrive. 4222 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. 4223 */ 4224 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canEject; 4225 /** 4226 * 4227 * Params: 4228 * drive = a #GDrive. 4229 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, 4230 * %FALSE otherwise. 4231 */ 4232 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canPollForMedia; 4233 /** */ 4234 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 4235 /** 4236 * 4237 * Params: 4238 * drive = a #GDrive. 4239 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4240 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, 4241 * %FALSE otherwise. 4242 * 4243 * Throws: GException on failure. 4244 */ 4245 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 4246 /** */ 4247 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollForMedia; 4248 /** 4249 * 4250 * Params: 4251 * drive = a #GDrive. 4252 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4253 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, 4254 * %FALSE otherwise. 4255 * 4256 * Throws: GException on failure. 4257 */ 4258 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollForMediaFinish; 4259 /** 4260 * 4261 * Params: 4262 * drive = a #GDrive 4263 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 4264 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 4265 * requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive 4266 * doesn't have this kind of identifier. 4267 */ 4268 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 4269 /** 4270 * 4271 * Params: 4272 * drive = a #GDrive 4273 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated 4274 * array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() 4275 * to free. 4276 */ 4277 extern(C) char** function(GDrive* drive) enumerateIdentifiers; 4278 /** 4279 * 4280 * Params: 4281 * drive = a #GDrive. 4282 * Returns: A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. 4283 */ 4284 extern(C) GDriveStartStopType function(GDrive* drive) getStartStopType; 4285 /** 4286 * 4287 * Params: 4288 * drive = a #GDrive. 4289 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. 4290 */ 4291 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStart; 4292 /** 4293 * 4294 * Params: 4295 * drive = a #GDrive. 4296 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. 4297 */ 4298 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStartDegraded; 4299 /** */ 4300 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) start; 4301 /** 4302 * 4303 * Params: 4304 * drive = a #GDrive. 4305 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4306 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, 4307 * %FALSE otherwise. 4308 * 4309 * Throws: GException on failure. 4310 */ 4311 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startFinish; 4312 /** 4313 * 4314 * Params: 4315 * drive = a #GDrive. 4316 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. 4317 */ 4318 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStop; 4319 /** */ 4320 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stop; 4321 /** 4322 * 4323 * Params: 4324 * drive = a #GDrive. 4325 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4326 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, 4327 * %FALSE otherwise. 4328 * 4329 * Throws: GException on failure. 4330 */ 4331 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopFinish; 4332 /** */ 4333 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) stopButton; 4334 /** */ 4335 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 4336 /** 4337 * 4338 * Params: 4339 * drive = a #GDrive. 4340 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4341 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 4342 * 4343 * Throws: GException on failure. 4344 */ 4345 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 4346 /** 4347 * 4348 * Params: 4349 * drive = A #GDrive. 4350 * Returns: Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. 4351 */ 4352 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDrive* drive) getSortKey; 4353 /** 4354 * 4355 * Params: 4356 * drive = a #GDrive. 4357 * Returns: symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. 4358 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4359 */ 4360 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getSymbolicIcon; 4361 /** 4362 * 4363 * Params: 4364 * drive = a #GDrive. 4365 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive and/or its media is considered removable, %FALSE otherwise. 4366 */ 4367 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isRemovable; 4368 } 4369 4370 struct GDtlsClientConnection; 4371 4372 /** 4373 * vtable for a #GDtlsClientConnection implementation. 4374 * 4375 * Since: 2.48 4376 */ 4377 struct GDtlsClientConnectionInterface 4378 { 4379 /** 4380 * The parent interface. 4381 */ 4382 GTypeInterface gIface; 4383 } 4384 4385 struct GDtlsConnection; 4386 4387 /** 4388 * Virtual method table for a #GDtlsConnection implementation. 4389 * 4390 * Since: 2.48 4391 */ 4392 struct GDtlsConnectionInterface 4393 { 4394 /** 4395 * The parent interface. 4396 */ 4397 GTypeInterface gIface; 4398 /** */ 4399 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 4400 /** 4401 * 4402 * Params: 4403 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4404 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4405 * Returns: success or failure 4406 * 4407 * Throws: GException on failure. 4408 */ 4409 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 4410 /** */ 4411 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 4412 /** 4413 * 4414 * Params: 4415 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4416 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4417 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4418 * case @error will be set. 4419 * 4420 * Throws: GException on failure. 4421 */ 4422 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 4423 /** 4424 * 4425 * Params: 4426 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4427 * shutdownRead = %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams 4428 * shutdownWrite = %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams 4429 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4430 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise 4431 * 4432 * Throws: GException on failure. 4433 */ 4434 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) shutdown; 4435 /** */ 4436 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) shutdownAsync; 4437 /** 4438 * 4439 * Params: 4440 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4441 * result = a #GAsyncResult 4442 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4443 * case @error will be set 4444 * 4445 * Throws: GException on failure. 4446 */ 4447 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) shutdownFinish; 4448 } 4449 4450 struct GDtlsServerConnection; 4451 4452 /** 4453 * vtable for a #GDtlsServerConnection implementation. 4454 * 4455 * Since: 2.48 4456 */ 4457 struct GDtlsServerConnectionInterface 4458 { 4459 /** 4460 * The parent interface. 4461 */ 4462 GTypeInterface gIface; 4463 } 4464 4465 struct GEmblem; 4466 4467 struct GEmblemClass; 4468 4469 struct GEmblemedIcon 4470 { 4471 GObject parentInstance; 4472 GEmblemedIconPrivate* priv; 4473 } 4474 4475 struct GEmblemedIconClass 4476 { 4477 GObjectClass parentClass; 4478 } 4479 4480 struct GEmblemedIconPrivate; 4481 4482 struct GFile; 4483 4484 /** 4485 * Information about a specific attribute. 4486 */ 4487 struct GFileAttributeInfo 4488 { 4489 /** 4490 * the name of the attribute. 4491 */ 4492 char* name; 4493 /** 4494 * the #GFileAttributeType type of the attribute. 4495 */ 4496 GFileAttributeType type; 4497 /** 4498 * a set of #GFileAttributeInfoFlags. 4499 */ 4500 GFileAttributeInfoFlags flags; 4501 } 4502 4503 struct GFileAttributeInfoList 4504 { 4505 /** 4506 * an array of #GFileAttributeInfos. 4507 */ 4508 GFileAttributeInfo* infos; 4509 /** 4510 * the number of values in the array. 4511 */ 4512 int nInfos; 4513 } 4514 4515 struct GFileAttributeMatcher; 4516 4517 struct GFileDescriptorBased; 4518 4519 /** 4520 * An interface for file descriptor based io objects. 4521 */ 4522 struct GFileDescriptorBasedIface 4523 { 4524 /** 4525 * The parent interface. 4526 */ 4527 GTypeInterface gIface; 4528 /** 4529 * 4530 * Params: 4531 * fdBased = a #GFileDescriptorBased. 4532 * Returns: The file descriptor 4533 */ 4534 extern(C) int function(GFileDescriptorBased* fdBased) getFd; 4535 } 4536 4537 struct GFileEnumerator 4538 { 4539 GObject parentInstance; 4540 GFileEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 4541 } 4542 4543 struct GFileEnumeratorClass 4544 { 4545 GObjectClass parentClass; 4546 /** 4547 * 4548 * Params: 4549 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4550 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 4551 * Returns: A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error 4552 * or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with 4553 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 4554 * 4555 * Throws: GException on failure. 4556 */ 4557 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) nextFile; 4558 /** */ 4559 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 4560 /** */ 4561 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int numFiles, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextFilesAsync; 4562 /** 4563 * 4564 * Params: 4565 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4566 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4567 * Returns: a #GList of #GFileInfos. You must free the list with 4568 * g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're 4569 * done with them. 4570 * 4571 * Throws: GException on failure. 4572 */ 4573 extern(C) GList* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFilesFinish; 4574 /** */ 4575 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 4576 /** 4577 * 4578 * Params: 4579 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4580 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4581 * Returns: %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. 4582 * 4583 * Throws: GException on failure. 4584 */ 4585 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 4586 /** */ 4587 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4588 /** */ 4589 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4590 /** */ 4591 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4592 /** */ 4593 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4594 /** */ 4595 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4596 /** */ 4597 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 4598 /** */ 4599 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 4600 } 4601 4602 struct GFileEnumeratorPrivate; 4603 4604 struct GFileIOStream 4605 { 4606 GIOStream parentInstance; 4607 GFileIOStreamPrivate* priv; 4608 } 4609 4610 struct GFileIOStreamClass 4611 { 4612 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 4613 /** */ 4614 extern(C) long function(GFileIOStream* stream) tell; 4615 /** */ 4616 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canSeek; 4617 /** */ 4618 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 4619 /** */ 4620 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canTruncate; 4621 /** */ 4622 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 4623 /** 4624 * 4625 * Params: 4626 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4627 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 4628 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 4629 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 4630 * 4631 * Throws: GException on failure. 4632 */ 4633 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 4634 /** */ 4635 extern(C) void function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 4636 /** 4637 * 4638 * Params: 4639 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4640 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4641 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 4642 * 4643 * Throws: GException on failure. 4644 */ 4645 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 4646 /** 4647 * 4648 * Params: 4649 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4650 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 4651 */ 4652 extern(C) char* function(GFileIOStream* stream) getEtag; 4653 /** */ 4654 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4655 /** */ 4656 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4657 /** */ 4658 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4659 /** */ 4660 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4661 /** */ 4662 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4663 } 4664 4665 struct GFileIOStreamPrivate; 4666 4667 struct GFileIcon; 4668 4669 struct GFileIconClass; 4670 4671 /** 4672 * An interface for writing VFS file handles. 4673 */ 4674 struct GFileIface 4675 { 4676 /** 4677 * The parent interface. 4678 */ 4679 GTypeInterface gIface; 4680 /** 4681 * 4682 * Params: 4683 * file = input #GFile 4684 * Returns: a new #GFile that is a duplicate 4685 * of the given #GFile. 4686 */ 4687 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) dup; 4688 /** 4689 * 4690 * Params: 4691 * file = #gconstpointer to a #GFile 4692 * Returns: 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an 4693 * integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. 4694 * This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to 4695 * add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 4696 */ 4697 extern(C) uint function(GFile* file) hash; 4698 /** 4699 * 4700 * Params: 4701 * file1 = the first #GFile 4702 * file2 = the second #GFile 4703 * Returns: %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. 4704 */ 4705 extern(C) int function(GFile* file1, GFile* file2) equal; 4706 /** 4707 * 4708 * Params: 4709 * file = input #GFile 4710 * Returns: %TRUE if @file is native 4711 */ 4712 extern(C) int function(GFile* file) isNative; 4713 /** 4714 * 4715 * Params: 4716 * file = input #GFile 4717 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme 4718 * Returns: %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the 4719 * given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, 4720 * not supported, or #GFile is invalid. 4721 */ 4722 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* uriScheme) hasUriScheme; 4723 /** 4724 * 4725 * Params: 4726 * file = input #GFile 4727 * Returns: a string containing the URI scheme for the given 4728 * #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4729 * when no longer needed. 4730 */ 4731 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUriScheme; 4732 /** */ 4733 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getBasename; 4734 /** */ 4735 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getPath; 4736 /** 4737 * 4738 * Params: 4739 * file = input #GFile 4740 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's URI. 4741 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4742 * when no longer needed. 4743 */ 4744 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUri; 4745 /** 4746 * 4747 * Params: 4748 * file = input #GFile 4749 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's parse name. 4750 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4751 * when no longer needed. 4752 */ 4753 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getParseName; 4754 /** 4755 * 4756 * Params: 4757 * file = input #GFile 4758 * Returns: a #GFile structure to the 4759 * parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free 4760 * the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4761 */ 4762 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) getParent; 4763 /** 4764 * 4765 * Params: 4766 * prefix = input #GFile 4767 * file = input #GFile 4768 * Returns: %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, 4769 * %FALSE otherwise. 4770 */ 4771 extern(C) int function(GFile* prefix, GFile* file) prefixMatches; 4772 /** */ 4773 extern(C) char* function(GFile* parent, GFile* descendant) getRelativePath; 4774 /** 4775 * 4776 * Params: 4777 * file = input #GFile 4778 * relativePath = a given relative path string 4779 * Returns: #GFile to the resolved path. 4780 * %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. 4781 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4782 */ 4783 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, char* relativePath) resolveRelativePath; 4784 /** 4785 * 4786 * Params: 4787 * file = input #GFile 4788 * displayName = string to a possible child 4789 * Returns: a #GFile to the specified child, or 4790 * %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. 4791 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4792 * 4793 * Throws: GException on failure. 4794 */ 4795 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GError** err) getChildForDisplayName; 4796 /** 4797 * 4798 * Params: 4799 * file = input #GFile 4800 * attributes = an attribute query string 4801 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4802 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4803 * %NULL to ignore 4804 * Returns: A #GFileEnumerator if successful, 4805 * %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4806 * 4807 * Throws: GException on failure. 4808 */ 4809 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) enumerateChildren; 4810 /** */ 4811 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) enumerateChildrenAsync; 4812 /** 4813 * 4814 * Params: 4815 * file = input #GFile 4816 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4817 * Returns: a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL 4818 * if an error occurred. 4819 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4820 * 4821 * Throws: GException on failure. 4822 */ 4823 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) enumerateChildrenFinish; 4824 /** 4825 * 4826 * Params: 4827 * file = input #GFile 4828 * attributes = an attribute query string 4829 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4830 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4831 * %NULL to ignore 4832 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL 4833 * on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4834 * 4835 * Throws: GException on failure. 4836 */ 4837 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 4838 /** */ 4839 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 4840 /** 4841 * 4842 * Params: 4843 * file = input #GFile 4844 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4845 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 4846 * or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with 4847 * g_object_unref(). 4848 * 4849 * Throws: GException on failure. 4850 */ 4851 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 4852 /** 4853 * 4854 * Params: 4855 * file = input #GFile 4856 * attributes = an attribute query string 4857 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4858 * %NULL to ignore 4859 * Returns: a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. 4860 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4861 * 4862 * Throws: GException on failure. 4863 */ 4864 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfo; 4865 /** */ 4866 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryFilesystemInfoAsync; 4867 /** 4868 * 4869 * Params: 4870 * file = input #GFile 4871 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4872 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 4873 * or %NULL on error. 4874 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4875 * 4876 * Throws: GException on failure. 4877 */ 4878 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfoFinish; 4879 /** 4880 * 4881 * Params: 4882 * file = input #GFile 4883 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4884 * %NULL to ignore 4885 * Returns: a #GMount where the @file is located 4886 * or %NULL on error. 4887 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4888 * 4889 * Throws: GException on failure. 4890 */ 4891 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) findEnclosingMount; 4892 /** */ 4893 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) findEnclosingMountAsync; 4894 /** 4895 * 4896 * Params: 4897 * file = a #GFile 4898 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4899 * Returns: #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. 4900 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4901 * 4902 * Throws: GException on failure. 4903 */ 4904 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) findEnclosingMountFinish; 4905 /** 4906 * 4907 * Params: 4908 * file = input #GFile 4909 * displayName = a string 4910 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4911 * %NULL to ignore 4912 * Returns: a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, 4913 * or %NULL if there was an error. 4914 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4915 * 4916 * Throws: GException on failure. 4917 */ 4918 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setDisplayName; 4919 /** */ 4920 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setDisplayNameAsync; 4921 /** 4922 * 4923 * Params: 4924 * file = input #GFile 4925 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4926 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 4927 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4928 * 4929 * Throws: GException on failure. 4930 */ 4931 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) setDisplayNameFinish; 4932 /** 4933 * 4934 * Params: 4935 * file = input #GFile 4936 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4937 * %NULL to ignore 4938 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. 4939 * When you are done with it, release it with 4940 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 4941 * 4942 * Throws: GException on failure. 4943 */ 4944 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) querySettableAttributes; 4945 /** */ 4946 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesAsync; 4947 /** */ 4948 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesFinish; 4949 /** 4950 * 4951 * Params: 4952 * file = input #GFile 4953 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4954 * %NULL to ignore 4955 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. 4956 * When you are done with it, release it with 4957 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 4958 * 4959 * Throws: GException on failure. 4960 */ 4961 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryWritableNamespaces; 4962 /** */ 4963 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesAsync; 4964 /** */ 4965 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesFinish; 4966 /** 4967 * 4968 * Params: 4969 * file = input #GFile 4970 * attribute = a string containing the attribute's name 4971 * type = The type of the attribute 4972 * valueP = a pointer to the value (or the pointer 4973 * itself if the type is a pointer type) 4974 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4975 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4976 * %NULL to ignore 4977 * Returns: %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. 4978 * 4979 * Throws: GException on failure. 4980 */ 4981 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* attribute, GFileAttributeType type, void* valueP, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttribute; 4982 /** 4983 * 4984 * Params: 4985 * file = input #GFile 4986 * info = a #GFileInfo 4987 * flags = #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4988 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4989 * %NULL to ignore 4990 * Returns: %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. 4991 * 4992 * Throws: GException on failure. 4993 */ 4994 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttributesFromInfo; 4995 /** */ 4996 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setAttributesAsync; 4997 /** 4998 * 4999 * Params: 5000 * file = input #GFile 5001 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5002 * info = a #GFileInfo 5003 * Returns: %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. 5004 * 5005 * Throws: GException on failure. 5006 */ 5007 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GFileInfo** info, GError** err) setAttributesFinish; 5008 /** 5009 * 5010 * Params: 5011 * file = #GFile to read 5012 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5013 * Returns: #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5014 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5015 * 5016 * Throws: GException on failure. 5017 */ 5018 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 5019 /** */ 5020 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 5021 /** 5022 * 5023 * Params: 5024 * file = input #GFile 5025 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5026 * Returns: a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5027 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5028 * 5029 * Throws: GException on failure. 5030 */ 5031 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) readFinish; 5032 /** 5033 * 5034 * Params: 5035 * file = input #GFile 5036 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5037 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5038 * %NULL to ignore 5039 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5040 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5041 * 5042 * Throws: GException on failure. 5043 */ 5044 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) appendTo; 5045 /** */ 5046 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) appendToAsync; 5047 /** 5048 * 5049 * Params: 5050 * file = input #GFile 5051 * res = #GAsyncResult 5052 * Returns: a valid #GFileOutputStream 5053 * or %NULL on error. 5054 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5055 * 5056 * Throws: GException on failure. 5057 */ 5058 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) appendToFinish; 5059 /** 5060 * 5061 * Params: 5062 * file = input #GFile 5063 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5064 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5065 * %NULL to ignore 5066 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created 5067 * file, or %NULL on error. 5068 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5069 * 5070 * Throws: GException on failure. 5071 */ 5072 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) create; 5073 /** */ 5074 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createAsync; 5075 /** 5076 * 5077 * Params: 5078 * file = input #GFile 5079 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5080 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5081 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5082 * 5083 * Throws: GException on failure. 5084 */ 5085 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createFinish; 5086 /** 5087 * 5088 * Params: 5089 * file = input #GFile 5090 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5091 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5092 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5093 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5094 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5095 * %NULL to ignore 5096 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5097 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5098 * 5099 * Throws: GException on failure. 5100 */ 5101 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replace; 5102 /** */ 5103 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceAsync; 5104 /** 5105 * 5106 * Params: 5107 * file = input #GFile 5108 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5109 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5110 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5111 * 5112 * Throws: GException on failure. 5113 */ 5114 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceFinish; 5115 /** 5116 * 5117 * Params: 5118 * file = input #GFile 5119 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5120 * %NULL to ignore 5121 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5122 * 5123 * Throws: GException on failure. 5124 */ 5125 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) deleteFile; 5126 /** */ 5127 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) deleteFileAsync; 5128 /** 5129 * 5130 * Params: 5131 * file = input #GFile 5132 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5133 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5134 * 5135 * Throws: GException on failure. 5136 */ 5137 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) deleteFileFinish; 5138 /** 5139 * 5140 * Params: 5141 * file = #GFile to send to trash 5142 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5143 * %NULL to ignore 5144 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5145 * 5146 * Throws: GException on failure. 5147 */ 5148 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) trash; 5149 /** */ 5150 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) trashAsync; 5151 /** 5152 * 5153 * Params: 5154 * file = input #GFile 5155 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5156 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5157 * 5158 * Throws: GException on failure. 5159 */ 5160 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) trashFinish; 5161 /** 5162 * 5163 * Params: 5164 * file = input #GFile 5165 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5166 * %NULL to ignore 5167 * Returns: %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5168 * 5169 * Throws: GException on failure. 5170 */ 5171 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeDirectory; 5172 /** */ 5173 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) makeDirectoryAsync; 5174 /** 5175 * 5176 * Params: 5177 * file = input #GFile 5178 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5179 * Returns: %TRUE on successful directory creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5180 * 5181 * Throws: GException on failure. 5182 */ 5183 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) makeDirectoryFinish; 5184 /** 5185 * 5186 * Params: 5187 * file = a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create 5188 * symlinkValue = a string with the path for the target 5189 * of the new symlink 5190 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5191 * %NULL to ignore 5192 * Returns: %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. 5193 * 5194 * Throws: GException on failure. 5195 */ 5196 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, char* symlinkValue, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeSymbolicLink; 5197 /** */ 5198 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkAsync; 5199 /** */ 5200 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkFinish; 5201 /** 5202 * 5203 * Params: 5204 * source = input #GFile 5205 * destination = destination #GFile 5206 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5207 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5208 * %NULL to ignore 5209 * progressCallback = function to callback with 5210 * progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed 5211 * progressCallbackData = user data to pass to @progress_callback 5212 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. 5213 * 5214 * Throws: GException on failure. 5215 */ 5216 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) copy; 5217 /** */ 5218 extern(C) void function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) copyAsync; 5219 /** 5220 * 5221 * Params: 5222 * file = input #GFile 5223 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5224 * Returns: a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 5225 * 5226 * Throws: GException on failure. 5227 */ 5228 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) copyFinish; 5229 /** 5230 * 5231 * Params: 5232 * source = #GFile pointing to the source location 5233 * destination = #GFile pointing to the destination location 5234 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5235 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5236 * %NULL to ignore 5237 * progressCallback = #GFileProgressCallback 5238 * function for updates 5239 * progressCallbackData = gpointer to user data for 5240 * the callback function 5241 * Returns: %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. 5242 * 5243 * Throws: GException on failure. 5244 */ 5245 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) move; 5246 /** */ 5247 extern(C) void function() MoveAsync; 5248 /** */ 5249 extern(C) void function() MoveFinish; 5250 /** */ 5251 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountMountable; 5252 /** 5253 * 5254 * Params: 5255 * file = input #GFile 5256 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5257 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 5258 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5259 * 5260 * Throws: GException on failure. 5261 */ 5262 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountMountableFinish; 5263 /** */ 5264 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountable; 5265 /** 5266 * 5267 * Params: 5268 * file = input #GFile 5269 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5270 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5271 * %FALSE otherwise. 5272 * 5273 * Throws: GException on failure. 5274 */ 5275 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableFinish; 5276 /** */ 5277 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountable; 5278 /** 5279 * 5280 * Params: 5281 * file = input #GFile 5282 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5283 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5284 * %FALSE otherwise. 5285 * 5286 * Throws: GException on failure. 5287 */ 5288 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableFinish; 5289 /** */ 5290 extern(C) void function(GFile* location, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountEnclosingVolume; 5291 /** 5292 * 5293 * Params: 5294 * location = input #GFile 5295 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5296 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, 5297 * this function will return %FALSE and set @error 5298 * appropriately if present. 5299 * 5300 * Throws: GException on failure. 5301 */ 5302 extern(C) int function(GFile* location, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountEnclosingVolumeFinish; 5303 /** 5304 * 5305 * Params: 5306 * file = input #GFile 5307 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5308 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5309 * %NULL to ignore 5310 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5311 * or %NULL on error. 5312 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5313 * 5314 * Throws: GException on failure. 5315 */ 5316 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorDir; 5317 /** 5318 * 5319 * Params: 5320 * file = input #GFile 5321 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5322 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5323 * %NULL to ignore 5324 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5325 * or %NULL on error. 5326 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5327 * 5328 * Throws: GException on failure. 5329 */ 5330 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorFile; 5331 /** 5332 * 5333 * Params: 5334 * file = #GFile to open 5335 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5336 * Returns: #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5337 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5338 * 5339 * Throws: GException on failure. 5340 */ 5341 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) openReadwrite; 5342 /** */ 5343 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) openReadwriteAsync; 5344 /** 5345 * 5346 * Params: 5347 * file = input #GFile 5348 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5349 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5350 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5351 * 5352 * Throws: GException on failure. 5353 */ 5354 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) openReadwriteFinish; 5355 /** 5356 * 5357 * Params: 5358 * file = a #GFile 5359 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5360 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5361 * %NULL to ignore 5362 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream for the newly created 5363 * file, or %NULL on error. 5364 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5365 * 5366 * Throws: GException on failure. 5367 */ 5368 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) createReadwrite; 5369 /** */ 5370 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createReadwriteAsync; 5371 /** 5372 * 5373 * Params: 5374 * file = input #GFile 5375 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5376 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5377 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5378 * 5379 * Throws: GException on failure. 5380 */ 5381 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createReadwriteFinish; 5382 /** 5383 * 5384 * Params: 5385 * file = a #GFile 5386 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5387 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5388 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5389 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5390 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5391 * %NULL to ignore 5392 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5393 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5394 * 5395 * Throws: GException on failure. 5396 */ 5397 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replaceReadwrite; 5398 /** */ 5399 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceReadwriteAsync; 5400 /** 5401 * 5402 * Params: 5403 * file = input #GFile 5404 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5405 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. 5406 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5407 * 5408 * Throws: GException on failure. 5409 */ 5410 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceReadwriteFinish; 5411 /** */ 5412 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* startOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) startMountable; 5413 /** 5414 * 5415 * Params: 5416 * file = input #GFile 5417 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5418 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5419 * otherwise. 5420 * 5421 * Throws: GException on failure. 5422 */ 5423 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startMountableFinish; 5424 /** */ 5425 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stopMountable; 5426 /** 5427 * 5428 * Params: 5429 * file = input #GFile 5430 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5431 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5432 * %FALSE otherwise. 5433 * 5434 * Throws: GException on failure. 5435 */ 5436 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopMountableFinish; 5437 /** 5438 * a boolean that indicates whether the #GFile implementation supports thread-default contexts. Since 2.22. 5439 */ 5440 bool supportsThreadContexts; 5441 /** */ 5442 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountableWithOperation; 5443 /** 5444 * 5445 * Params: 5446 * file = input #GFile 5447 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5448 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5449 * %FALSE otherwise. 5450 * 5451 * Throws: GException on failure. 5452 */ 5453 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableWithOperationFinish; 5454 /** */ 5455 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountableWithOperation; 5456 /** 5457 * 5458 * Params: 5459 * file = input #GFile 5460 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5461 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5462 * %FALSE otherwise. 5463 * 5464 * Throws: GException on failure. 5465 */ 5466 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableWithOperationFinish; 5467 /** */ 5468 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollMountable; 5469 /** 5470 * 5471 * Params: 5472 * file = input #GFile 5473 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5474 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5475 * otherwise. 5476 * 5477 * Throws: GException on failure. 5478 */ 5479 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollMountableFinish; 5480 /** 5481 * 5482 * Params: 5483 * file = a #GFile 5484 * flags = #GFileMeasureFlags 5485 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable 5486 * progressCallback = a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback 5487 * progressData = user_data for @progress_callback 5488 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5489 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5490 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5491 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5492 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5493 * 5494 * Throws: GException on failure. 5495 */ 5496 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsage; 5497 /** */ 5498 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) measureDiskUsageAsync; 5499 /** 5500 * 5501 * Params: 5502 * file = a #GFile 5503 * result = the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 5504 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5505 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5506 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5507 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5508 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5509 * 5510 * Throws: GException on failure. 5511 */ 5512 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsageFinish; 5513 } 5514 5515 struct GFileInfo; 5516 5517 struct GFileInfoClass; 5518 5519 struct GFileInputStream 5520 { 5521 GInputStream parentInstance; 5522 GFileInputStreamPrivate* priv; 5523 } 5524 5525 struct GFileInputStreamClass 5526 { 5527 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 5528 /** */ 5529 extern(C) long function(GFileInputStream* stream) tell; 5530 /** */ 5531 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream) canSeek; 5532 /** */ 5533 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 5534 /** 5535 * 5536 * Params: 5537 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5538 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5539 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5540 * Returns: a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. 5541 * 5542 * Throws: GException on failure. 5543 */ 5544 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5545 /** */ 5546 extern(C) void function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5547 /** 5548 * 5549 * Params: 5550 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5551 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5552 * Returns: #GFileInfo. 5553 * 5554 * Throws: GException on failure. 5555 */ 5556 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5557 /** */ 5558 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5559 /** */ 5560 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5561 /** */ 5562 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5563 /** */ 5564 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5565 /** */ 5566 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5567 } 5568 5569 struct GFileInputStreamPrivate; 5570 5571 struct GFileMonitor 5572 { 5573 GObject parentInstance; 5574 GFileMonitorPrivate* priv; 5575 } 5576 5577 struct GFileMonitorClass 5578 { 5579 GObjectClass parentClass; 5580 /** */ 5581 extern(C) void function(GFileMonitor* monitor, GFile* file, GFile* otherFile, GFileMonitorEvent eventType) changed; 5582 /** 5583 * 5584 * Params: 5585 * monitor = a #GFileMonitor. 5586 * Returns: always %TRUE 5587 */ 5588 extern(C) int function(GFileMonitor* monitor) cancel; 5589 /** */ 5590 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5591 /** */ 5592 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5593 /** */ 5594 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5595 /** */ 5596 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5597 /** */ 5598 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5599 } 5600 5601 struct GFileMonitorPrivate; 5602 5603 struct GFileOutputStream 5604 { 5605 GOutputStream parentInstance; 5606 GFileOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 5607 } 5608 5609 struct GFileOutputStreamClass 5610 { 5611 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 5612 /** */ 5613 extern(C) long function(GFileOutputStream* stream) tell; 5614 /** */ 5615 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canSeek; 5616 /** */ 5617 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 5618 /** */ 5619 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canTruncate; 5620 /** */ 5621 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 5622 /** 5623 * 5624 * Params: 5625 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5626 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5627 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5628 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 5629 * 5630 * Throws: GException on failure. 5631 */ 5632 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5633 /** */ 5634 extern(C) void function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5635 /** 5636 * 5637 * Params: 5638 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5639 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5640 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 5641 * 5642 * Throws: GException on failure. 5643 */ 5644 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5645 /** 5646 * 5647 * Params: 5648 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5649 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 5650 */ 5651 extern(C) char* function(GFileOutputStream* stream) getEtag; 5652 /** */ 5653 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5654 /** */ 5655 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5656 /** */ 5657 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5658 /** */ 5659 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5660 /** */ 5661 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5662 } 5663 5664 struct GFileOutputStreamPrivate; 5665 5666 struct GFilenameCompleter; 5667 5668 struct GFilenameCompleterClass 5669 { 5670 GObjectClass parentClass; 5671 /** */ 5672 extern(C) void function(GFilenameCompleter* filenameCompleter) gotCompletionData; 5673 /** */ 5674 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5675 /** */ 5676 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5677 /** */ 5678 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5679 } 5680 5681 struct GFilterInputStream 5682 { 5683 GInputStream parentInstance; 5684 GInputStream* baseStream; 5685 } 5686 5687 struct GFilterInputStreamClass 5688 { 5689 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 5690 /** */ 5691 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5692 /** */ 5693 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5694 /** */ 5695 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5696 } 5697 5698 struct GFilterOutputStream 5699 { 5700 GOutputStream parentInstance; 5701 GOutputStream* baseStream; 5702 } 5703 5704 struct GFilterOutputStreamClass 5705 { 5706 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 5707 /** */ 5708 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5709 /** */ 5710 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5711 /** */ 5712 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5713 } 5714 5715 struct GIOExtension; 5716 5717 struct GIOExtensionPoint; 5718 5719 struct GIOModule; 5720 5721 struct GIOModuleClass; 5722 5723 struct GIOModuleScope; 5724 5725 struct GIOSchedulerJob; 5726 5727 struct GIOStream 5728 { 5729 GObject parentInstance; 5730 GIOStreamPrivate* priv; 5731 } 5732 5733 struct GIOStreamAdapter; 5734 5735 struct GIOStreamClass 5736 { 5737 GObjectClass parentClass; 5738 /** 5739 * 5740 * Params: 5741 * stream = a #GIOStream 5742 * Returns: a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 5743 * Do not free. 5744 */ 5745 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getInputStream; 5746 /** 5747 * 5748 * Params: 5749 * stream = a #GIOStream 5750 * Returns: a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 5751 * Do not free. 5752 */ 5753 extern(C) GOutputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getOutputStream; 5754 /** */ 5755 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 5756 /** */ 5757 extern(C) void function(GIOStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 5758 /** 5759 * 5760 * Params: 5761 * stream = a #GIOStream 5762 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5763 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 5764 * 5765 * Throws: GException on failure. 5766 */ 5767 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 5768 /** */ 5769 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5770 /** */ 5771 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5772 /** */ 5773 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5774 /** */ 5775 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5776 /** */ 5777 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5778 /** */ 5779 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 5780 /** */ 5781 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 5782 /** */ 5783 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 5784 /** */ 5785 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 5786 /** */ 5787 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 5788 } 5789 5790 struct GIOStreamPrivate; 5791 5792 struct GIcon; 5793 5794 /** 5795 * GIconIface is used to implement GIcon types for various 5796 * different systems. See #GThemedIcon and #GLoadableIcon for 5797 * examples of how to implement this interface. 5798 */ 5799 struct GIconIface 5800 { 5801 /** 5802 * The parent interface. 5803 */ 5804 GTypeInterface gIface; 5805 /** 5806 * 5807 * Params: 5808 * icon = #gconstpointer to an icon object. 5809 * Returns: a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for 5810 * use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 5811 */ 5812 extern(C) uint function(GIcon* icon) hash; 5813 /** 5814 * 5815 * Params: 5816 * icon1 = pointer to the first #GIcon. 5817 * icon2 = pointer to the second #GIcon. 5818 * Returns: %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. 5819 */ 5820 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon1, GIcon* icon2) equal; 5821 /** 5822 * 5823 * Params: 5824 * icon = a #GIcon. 5825 * Returns: An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or 5826 * %NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. 5827 */ 5828 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon, GPtrArray* tokens, int* outVersion) toTokens; 5829 /** */ 5830 extern(C) GIcon* function(char** tokens, int numTokens, int versio, GError** err) fromTokens; 5831 /** 5832 * 5833 * Params: 5834 * icon = a #GIcon 5835 * Returns: a #GVariant, or %NULL when serialization fails. 5836 */ 5837 extern(C) GVariant* function(GIcon* icon) serialize; 5838 } 5839 5840 struct GInetAddress 5841 { 5842 GObject parentInstance; 5843 GInetAddressPrivate* priv; 5844 } 5845 5846 struct GInetAddressClass 5847 { 5848 GObjectClass parentClass; 5849 /** 5850 * 5851 * Params: 5852 * address = a #GInetAddress 5853 * Returns: a representation of @address as a string, which should be 5854 * freed after use. 5855 */ 5856 extern(C) char* function(GInetAddress* address) toString; 5857 /** 5858 * 5859 * Params: 5860 * address = a #GInetAddress 5861 * Returns: a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, 5862 * which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this 5863 * array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). 5864 */ 5865 extern(C) ubyte* function(GInetAddress* address) toBytes; 5866 } 5867 5868 struct GInetAddressMask 5869 { 5870 GObject parentInstance; 5871 GInetAddressMaskPrivate* priv; 5872 } 5873 5874 struct GInetAddressMaskClass 5875 { 5876 GObjectClass parentClass; 5877 } 5878 5879 struct GInetAddressMaskPrivate; 5880 5881 struct GInetAddressPrivate; 5882 5883 struct GInetSocketAddress 5884 { 5885 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 5886 GInetSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 5887 } 5888 5889 struct GInetSocketAddressClass 5890 { 5891 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 5892 } 5893 5894 struct GInetSocketAddressPrivate; 5895 5896 struct GInitable; 5897 5898 /** 5899 * Provides an interface for initializing object such that initialization 5900 * may fail. 5901 * 5902 * Since: 2.22 5903 */ 5904 struct GInitableIface 5905 { 5906 /** 5907 * The parent interface. 5908 */ 5909 GTypeInterface gIface; 5910 /** 5911 * 5912 * Params: 5913 * initable = a #GInitable. 5914 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5915 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will 5916 * return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 5917 * 5918 * Throws: GException on failure. 5919 */ 5920 extern(C) int function(GInitable* initable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) init; 5921 } 5922 5923 /** 5924 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input when receiving multiple 5925 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of empty 5926 * #GInputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 5927 * were one buffer, and will set @bytes_received to the total number of bytes 5928 * received across all #GInputVectors. 5929 * 5930 * This structure closely mirrors `struct mmsghdr` and `struct msghdr` from 5931 * the POSIX sockets API (see `man 2 recvmmsg`). 5932 * 5933 * If @address is non-%NULL then it is set to the source address the message 5934 * was received from, and the caller must free it afterwards. 5935 * 5936 * If @control_messages is non-%NULL then it is set to an array of control 5937 * messages received with the message (if any), and the caller must free it 5938 * afterwards. @num_control_messages is set to the number of elements in 5939 * this array, which may be zero. 5940 * 5941 * Flags relevant to this message will be returned in @flags. For example, 5942 * `MSG_EOR` or `MSG_TRUNC`. 5943 * 5944 * Since: 2.48 5945 */ 5946 struct GInputMessage 5947 { 5948 /** 5949 * return location 5950 * for a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 5951 */ 5952 GSocketAddress** address; 5953 /** 5954 * pointer to an 5955 * array of input vectors 5956 */ 5957 GInputVector* vectors; 5958 /** 5959 * the number of input vectors pointed to by @vectors 5960 */ 5961 uint numVectors; 5962 /** 5963 * will be set to the number of bytes that have been 5964 * received 5965 */ 5966 size_t bytesReceived; 5967 /** 5968 * collection of #GSocketMsgFlags for the received message, 5969 * outputted by the call 5970 */ 5971 int flags; 5972 /** 5973 * return location for a 5974 * caller-allocated array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL 5975 */ 5976 GSocketControlMessage*** controlMessages; 5977 /** 5978 * return location for the number of 5979 * elements in @control_messages 5980 */ 5981 uint* numControlMessages; 5982 } 5983 5984 struct GInputStream 5985 { 5986 GObject parentInstance; 5987 GInputStreamPrivate* priv; 5988 } 5989 5990 struct GInputStreamClass 5991 { 5992 GObjectClass parentClass; 5993 /** */ 5994 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 5995 /** 5996 * 5997 * Params: 5998 * stream = a #GInputStream. 5999 * count = the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream 6000 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6001 * Returns: Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error 6002 * 6003 * Throws: GException on failure. 6004 */ 6005 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) skip; 6006 /** */ 6007 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6008 /** */ 6009 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 6010 /** 6011 * 6012 * Params: 6013 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6014 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6015 * Returns: number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. 6016 * 6017 * Throws: GException on failure. 6018 */ 6019 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) readFinish; 6020 /** */ 6021 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) skipAsync; 6022 /** 6023 * 6024 * Params: 6025 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6026 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6027 * Returns: the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. 6028 * 6029 * Throws: GException on failure. 6030 */ 6031 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) skipFinish; 6032 /** */ 6033 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6034 /** 6035 * 6036 * Params: 6037 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6038 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6039 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. 6040 * 6041 * Throws: GException on failure. 6042 */ 6043 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6044 /** */ 6045 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6046 /** */ 6047 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6048 /** */ 6049 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6050 /** */ 6051 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6052 /** */ 6053 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6054 } 6055 6056 struct GInputStreamPrivate; 6057 6058 /** 6059 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input. 6060 * You generally pass in an array of #GInputVectors 6061 * and the operation will store the read data starting in the 6062 * first buffer, switching to the next as needed. 6063 * 6064 * Since: 2.22 6065 */ 6066 struct GInputVector 6067 { 6068 /** 6069 * Pointer to a buffer where data will be written. 6070 */ 6071 void* buffer; 6072 /** 6073 * the available size in @buffer. 6074 */ 6075 size_t size; 6076 } 6077 6078 struct GListModel; 6079 6080 /** 6081 * The virtual function table for #GListModel. 6082 * 6083 * Since: 2.44 6084 */ 6085 struct GListModelInterface 6086 { 6087 /** 6088 * parent #GTypeInterface 6089 */ 6090 GTypeInterface gIface; 6091 /** 6092 * 6093 * Params: 6094 * list = a #GListModel 6095 * Returns: the #GType of the items contained in @list. 6096 */ 6097 extern(C) GType function(GListModel* list) getItemType; 6098 /** 6099 * 6100 * Params: 6101 * list = a #GListModel 6102 * Returns: the number of items in @list. 6103 */ 6104 extern(C) uint function(GListModel* list) getNItems; 6105 /** */ 6106 extern(C) void* function(GListModel* list, uint position) getItem; 6107 } 6108 6109 struct GListStore; 6110 6111 struct GListStoreClass 6112 { 6113 GObjectClass parentClass; 6114 } 6115 6116 struct GLoadableIcon; 6117 6118 /** 6119 * Interface for icons that can be loaded as a stream. 6120 */ 6121 struct GLoadableIconIface 6122 { 6123 /** 6124 * The parent interface. 6125 */ 6126 GTypeInterface gIface; 6127 /** 6128 * 6129 * Params: 6130 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6131 * size = an integer. 6132 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6133 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6134 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to 6135 * ignore. 6136 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6137 * 6138 * Throws: GException on failure. 6139 */ 6140 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, char** type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) load; 6141 /** */ 6142 extern(C) void function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) loadAsync; 6143 /** 6144 * 6145 * Params: 6146 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6147 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 6148 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6149 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6150 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6151 * 6152 * Throws: GException on failure. 6153 */ 6154 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, GAsyncResult* res, char** type, GError** err) loadFinish; 6155 } 6156 6157 struct GMemoryInputStream 6158 { 6159 GInputStream parentInstance; 6160 GMemoryInputStreamPrivate* priv; 6161 } 6162 6163 struct GMemoryInputStreamClass 6164 { 6165 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 6166 /** */ 6167 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6168 /** */ 6169 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6170 /** */ 6171 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6172 /** */ 6173 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6174 /** */ 6175 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6176 } 6177 6178 struct GMemoryInputStreamPrivate; 6179 6180 struct GMemoryOutputStream 6181 { 6182 GOutputStream parentInstance; 6183 GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6184 } 6185 6186 struct GMemoryOutputStreamClass 6187 { 6188 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 6189 /** */ 6190 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6191 /** */ 6192 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6193 /** */ 6194 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6195 /** */ 6196 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6197 /** */ 6198 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6199 } 6200 6201 struct GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate; 6202 6203 struct GMenu; 6204 6205 struct GMenuAttributeIter 6206 { 6207 GObject parentInstance; 6208 GMenuAttributeIterPrivate* priv; 6209 } 6210 6211 struct GMenuAttributeIterClass 6212 { 6213 GObjectClass parentClass; 6214 /** 6215 * 6216 * Params: 6217 * iter = a #GMenuAttributeIter 6218 * outName = the type of the attribute 6219 * value = the attribute value 6220 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional 6221 * attribute 6222 */ 6223 extern(C) int function(GMenuAttributeIter* iter, char** outName, GVariant** value) getNext; 6224 } 6225 6226 struct GMenuAttributeIterPrivate; 6227 6228 struct GMenuItem; 6229 6230 struct GMenuLinkIter 6231 { 6232 GObject parentInstance; 6233 GMenuLinkIterPrivate* priv; 6234 } 6235 6236 struct GMenuLinkIterClass 6237 { 6238 GObjectClass parentClass; 6239 /** 6240 * 6241 * Params: 6242 * iter = a #GMenuLinkIter 6243 * outLink = the name of the link 6244 * value = the linked #GMenuModel 6245 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link 6246 */ 6247 extern(C) int function(GMenuLinkIter* iter, char** outLink, GMenuModel** value) getNext; 6248 } 6249 6250 struct GMenuLinkIterPrivate; 6251 6252 struct GMenuModel 6253 { 6254 GObject parentInstance; 6255 GMenuModelPrivate* priv; 6256 } 6257 6258 struct GMenuModelClass 6259 { 6260 GObjectClass parentClass; 6261 /** 6262 * 6263 * Params: 6264 * model = a #GMenuModel 6265 * Returns: %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be 6266 * emitted). 6267 */ 6268 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) isMutable; 6269 /** 6270 * 6271 * Params: 6272 * model = a #GMenuModel 6273 * Returns: the number of items 6274 */ 6275 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) getNItems; 6276 /** */ 6277 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** attributes) getItemAttributes; 6278 /** 6279 * 6280 * Params: 6281 * model = a #GMenuModel 6282 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6283 * Returns: a new #GMenuAttributeIter 6284 */ 6285 extern(C) GMenuAttributeIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemAttributes; 6286 /** 6287 * 6288 * Params: 6289 * model = a #GMenuModel 6290 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6291 * attribute = the attribute to query 6292 * expectedType = the expected type of the attribute, or 6293 * %NULL 6294 * Returns: the value of the attribute 6295 */ 6296 extern(C) GVariant* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* attribute, GVariantType* expectedType) getItemAttributeValue; 6297 /** */ 6298 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** links) getItemLinks; 6299 /** 6300 * 6301 * Params: 6302 * model = a #GMenuModel 6303 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6304 * Returns: a new #GMenuLinkIter 6305 */ 6306 extern(C) GMenuLinkIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemLinks; 6307 /** 6308 * 6309 * Params: 6310 * model = a #GMenuModel 6311 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6312 * link = the link to query 6313 * Returns: the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL 6314 */ 6315 extern(C) GMenuModel* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* link) getItemLink; 6316 } 6317 6318 struct GMenuModelPrivate; 6319 6320 struct GMount; 6321 6322 /** 6323 * Interface for implementing operations for mounts. 6324 */ 6325 struct GMountIface 6326 { 6327 /** 6328 * The parent interface. 6329 */ 6330 GTypeInterface gIface; 6331 /** */ 6332 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) changed; 6333 /** */ 6334 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) unmounted; 6335 /** 6336 * 6337 * Params: 6338 * mount = a #GMount. 6339 * Returns: a #GFile. 6340 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6341 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6342 */ 6343 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getRoot; 6344 /** 6345 * 6346 * Params: 6347 * mount = a #GMount. 6348 * Returns: the name for the given @mount. 6349 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6350 * when no longer needed. 6351 */ 6352 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getName; 6353 /** 6354 * 6355 * Params: 6356 * mount = a #GMount. 6357 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6358 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6359 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6360 */ 6361 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getIcon; 6362 /** 6363 * 6364 * Params: 6365 * mount = a #GMount. 6366 * Returns: the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. 6367 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6368 * when no longer needed. 6369 */ 6370 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getUuid; 6371 /** 6372 * 6373 * Params: 6374 * mount = a #GMount. 6375 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. 6376 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6377 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6378 */ 6379 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount) getVolume; 6380 /** 6381 * 6382 * Params: 6383 * mount = a #GMount. 6384 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. 6385 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6386 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6387 */ 6388 extern(C) GDrive* function(GMount* mount) getDrive; 6389 /** 6390 * 6391 * Params: 6392 * mount = a #GMount. 6393 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. 6394 */ 6395 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canUnmount; 6396 /** 6397 * 6398 * Params: 6399 * mount = a #GMount. 6400 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. 6401 */ 6402 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canEject; 6403 /** */ 6404 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmount; 6405 /** 6406 * 6407 * Params: 6408 * mount = a #GMount. 6409 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6410 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6411 * 6412 * Throws: GException on failure. 6413 */ 6414 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountFinish; 6415 /** */ 6416 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 6417 /** 6418 * 6419 * Params: 6420 * mount = a #GMount. 6421 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6422 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6423 * 6424 * Throws: GException on failure. 6425 */ 6426 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 6427 /** */ 6428 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) remount; 6429 /** 6430 * 6431 * Params: 6432 * mount = a #GMount. 6433 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6434 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6435 * 6436 * Throws: GException on failure. 6437 */ 6438 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) remountFinish; 6439 /** */ 6440 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) guessContentType; 6441 /** 6442 * 6443 * Params: 6444 * mount = a #GMount 6445 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6446 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6447 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6448 * 6449 * Throws: GException on failure. 6450 */ 6451 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) guessContentTypeFinish; 6452 /** 6453 * 6454 * Params: 6455 * mount = a #GMount 6456 * forceRescan = Whether to force a rescan of the content. 6457 * Otherwise a cached result will be used if available 6458 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 6459 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6460 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6461 * 6462 * Throws: GException on failure. 6463 */ 6464 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) guessContentTypeSync; 6465 /** */ 6466 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) preUnmount; 6467 /** */ 6468 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountWithOperation; 6469 /** 6470 * 6471 * Params: 6472 * mount = a #GMount. 6473 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6474 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6475 * 6476 * Throws: GException on failure. 6477 */ 6478 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountWithOperationFinish; 6479 /** */ 6480 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 6481 /** 6482 * 6483 * Params: 6484 * mount = a #GMount. 6485 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6486 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6487 * 6488 * Throws: GException on failure. 6489 */ 6490 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 6491 /** 6492 * 6493 * Params: 6494 * mount = a #GMount. 6495 * Returns: a #GFile. 6496 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6497 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6498 */ 6499 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getDefaultLocation; 6500 /** 6501 * 6502 * Params: 6503 * mount = A #GMount. 6504 * Returns: Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. 6505 */ 6506 extern(C) const(char)* function(GMount* mount) getSortKey; 6507 /** 6508 * 6509 * Params: 6510 * mount = a #GMount. 6511 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6512 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6513 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6514 */ 6515 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getSymbolicIcon; 6516 } 6517 6518 struct GMountOperation 6519 { 6520 GObject parentInstance; 6521 GMountOperationPrivate* priv; 6522 } 6523 6524 struct GMountOperationClass 6525 { 6526 GObjectClass parentClass; 6527 /** */ 6528 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, const(char)* defaultUser, const(char)* defaultDomain, GAskPasswordFlags flags) askPassword; 6529 /** */ 6530 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, const(char)* choices) askQuestion; 6531 /** */ 6532 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, GMountOperationResult result) reply; 6533 /** */ 6534 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op) aborted; 6535 /** */ 6536 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, GArray* processes, const(char)* choices) showProcesses; 6537 /** */ 6538 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, long timeLeft, long bytesLeft) showUnmountProgress; 6539 /** */ 6540 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6541 /** */ 6542 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6543 /** */ 6544 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6545 /** */ 6546 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6547 /** */ 6548 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6549 /** */ 6550 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 6551 /** */ 6552 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 6553 /** */ 6554 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 6555 /** */ 6556 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 6557 } 6558 6559 struct GMountOperationPrivate; 6560 6561 /** 6562 * An socket address of some unknown native type. 6563 */ 6564 struct GNativeSocketAddress; 6565 6566 struct GNativeVolumeMonitor 6567 { 6568 GVolumeMonitor parentInstance; 6569 } 6570 6571 struct GNativeVolumeMonitorClass 6572 { 6573 GVolumeMonitorClass parentClass; 6574 /** */ 6575 extern(C) GMount* function(const(char)* mountPath, GCancellable* cancellable) getMountForMountPath; 6576 } 6577 6578 struct GNetworkAddress 6579 { 6580 GObject parentInstance; 6581 GNetworkAddressPrivate* priv; 6582 } 6583 6584 struct GNetworkAddressClass 6585 { 6586 GObjectClass parentClass; 6587 } 6588 6589 struct GNetworkAddressPrivate; 6590 6591 struct GNetworkMonitor; 6592 6593 /** 6594 * The virtual function table for #GNetworkMonitor. 6595 * 6596 * Since: 2.32 6597 */ 6598 struct GNetworkMonitorInterface 6599 { 6600 /** 6601 * The parent interface. 6602 */ 6603 GTypeInterface gIface; 6604 /** */ 6605 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, int available) networkChanged; 6606 /** 6607 * 6608 * Params: 6609 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 6610 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 6611 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6612 * Returns: %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. 6613 * 6614 * Throws: GException on failure. 6615 */ 6616 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) canReach; 6617 /** */ 6618 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) canReachAsync; 6619 /** 6620 * 6621 * Params: 6622 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 6623 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6624 * Returns: %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. 6625 * 6626 * Throws: GException on failure. 6627 */ 6628 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) canReachFinish; 6629 } 6630 6631 struct GNetworkService 6632 { 6633 GObject parentInstance; 6634 GNetworkServicePrivate* priv; 6635 } 6636 6637 struct GNetworkServiceClass 6638 { 6639 GObjectClass parentClass; 6640 } 6641 6642 struct GNetworkServicePrivate; 6643 6644 struct GNotification; 6645 6646 /** 6647 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output when sending multiple 6648 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of 6649 * #GOutputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 6650 * were one buffer. 6651 * 6652 * If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver 6653 * (as previously set by g_socket_connect()). 6654 * 6655 * Since: 2.44 6656 */ 6657 struct GOutputMessage 6658 { 6659 /** 6660 * a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 6661 */ 6662 GSocketAddress* address; 6663 /** 6664 * pointer to an array of output vectors 6665 */ 6666 GOutputVector* vectors; 6667 /** 6668 * the number of output vectors pointed to by @vectors. 6669 */ 6670 uint numVectors; 6671 /** 6672 * initialize to 0. Will be set to the number of bytes 6673 * that have been sent 6674 */ 6675 uint bytesSent; 6676 /** 6677 * a pointer 6678 * to an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL. 6679 */ 6680 GSocketControlMessage** controlMessages; 6681 /** 6682 * number of elements in @control_messages. 6683 */ 6684 uint numControlMessages; 6685 } 6686 6687 struct GOutputStream 6688 { 6689 GObject parentInstance; 6690 GOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6691 } 6692 6693 struct GOutputStreamClass 6694 { 6695 GObjectClass parentClass; 6696 /** 6697 * 6698 * Params: 6699 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6700 * buffer = the buffer containing the data to write. 6701 * count = the number of bytes to write 6702 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 6703 * Returns: Number of bytes written, or -1 on error 6704 * 6705 * Throws: GException on failure. 6706 */ 6707 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) writeFn; 6708 /** 6709 * 6710 * Params: 6711 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6712 * source = a #GInputStream. 6713 * flags = a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. 6714 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6715 * Returns: a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or 6716 * -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes 6717 * spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be 6718 * returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number 6719 * of bytes spliced. 6720 * 6721 * Throws: GException on failure. 6722 */ 6723 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) splice; 6724 /** 6725 * 6726 * Params: 6727 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6728 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 6729 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error 6730 * 6731 * Throws: GException on failure. 6732 */ 6733 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) flush; 6734 /** */ 6735 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6736 /** */ 6737 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) writeAsync; 6738 /** 6739 * 6740 * Params: 6741 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6742 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6743 * Returns: a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. 6744 * 6745 * Throws: GException on failure. 6746 */ 6747 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) writeFinish; 6748 /** */ 6749 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) spliceAsync; 6750 /** 6751 * 6752 * Params: 6753 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6754 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6755 * Returns: a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the 6756 * number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that 6757 * will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual 6758 * number of bytes spliced. 6759 * 6760 * Throws: GException on failure. 6761 */ 6762 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) spliceFinish; 6763 /** */ 6764 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) flushAsync; 6765 /** 6766 * 6767 * Params: 6768 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6769 * result = a GAsyncResult. 6770 * Returns: %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. 6771 * 6772 * Throws: GException on failure. 6773 */ 6774 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) flushFinish; 6775 /** */ 6776 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6777 /** 6778 * 6779 * Params: 6780 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6781 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6782 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 6783 * 6784 * Throws: GException on failure. 6785 */ 6786 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6787 /** */ 6788 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6789 /** */ 6790 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6791 /** */ 6792 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6793 /** */ 6794 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6795 /** */ 6796 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6797 /** */ 6798 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 6799 /** */ 6800 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 6801 /** */ 6802 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 6803 } 6804 6805 struct GOutputStreamPrivate; 6806 6807 /** 6808 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output. 6809 * You generally pass in an array of #GOutputVectors 6810 * and the operation will use all the buffers as if they were 6811 * one buffer. 6812 * 6813 * Since: 2.22 6814 */ 6815 struct GOutputVector 6816 { 6817 /** 6818 * Pointer to a buffer of data to read. 6819 */ 6820 void* buffer; 6821 /** 6822 * the size of @buffer. 6823 */ 6824 size_t size; 6825 } 6826 6827 struct GPermission 6828 { 6829 GObject parentInstance; 6830 GPermissionPrivate* priv; 6831 } 6832 6833 struct GPermissionClass 6834 { 6835 GObjectClass parentClass; 6836 /** 6837 * 6838 * Params: 6839 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6840 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6841 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 6842 * 6843 * Throws: GException on failure. 6844 */ 6845 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) acquire; 6846 /** */ 6847 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) acquireAsync; 6848 /** 6849 * 6850 * Params: 6851 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6852 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 6853 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 6854 * 6855 * Throws: GException on failure. 6856 */ 6857 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) acquireFinish; 6858 /** 6859 * 6860 * Params: 6861 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6862 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6863 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 6864 * 6865 * Throws: GException on failure. 6866 */ 6867 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) release; 6868 /** */ 6869 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) releaseAsync; 6870 /** 6871 * 6872 * Params: 6873 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6874 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 6875 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 6876 * 6877 * Throws: GException on failure. 6878 */ 6879 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) releaseFinish; 6880 void*[16] reserved; 6881 } 6882 6883 struct GPermissionPrivate; 6884 6885 struct GPollableInputStream; 6886 6887 /** 6888 * The interface for pollable input streams. 6889 * 6890 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 6891 * 6892 * The default implementation of @read_nonblocking calls 6893 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), and then calls 6894 * g_input_stream_read() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only need 6895 * to override it if it is possible that your @is_readable 6896 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 6897 * readable. 6898 * 6899 * Since: 2.28 6900 */ 6901 struct GPollableInputStreamInterface 6902 { 6903 /** 6904 * The parent interface. 6905 */ 6906 GTypeInterface gIface; 6907 /** 6908 * 6909 * Params: 6910 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 6911 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 6912 */ 6913 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) canPoll; 6914 /** 6915 * 6916 * Params: 6917 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 6918 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error 6919 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 6920 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the 6921 * next attempt to read will return the error. 6922 */ 6923 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) isReadable; 6924 /** 6925 * 6926 * Params: 6927 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 6928 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6929 * Returns: a new #GSource 6930 */ 6931 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 6932 /** 6933 * 6934 * Params: 6935 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream 6936 * buffer = a buffer to 6937 * read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). 6938 * count = the number of bytes you want to read 6939 * Returns: the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including 6940 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 6941 * 6942 * Throws: GException on failure. 6943 */ 6944 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) readNonblocking; 6945 } 6946 6947 struct GPollableOutputStream; 6948 6949 /** 6950 * The interface for pollable output streams. 6951 * 6952 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 6953 * 6954 * The default implementation of @write_nonblocking calls 6955 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), and then calls 6956 * g_output_stream_write() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only 6957 * need to override it if it is possible that your @is_writable 6958 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 6959 * writable. 6960 * 6961 * Since: 2.28 6962 */ 6963 struct GPollableOutputStreamInterface 6964 { 6965 /** 6966 * The parent interface. 6967 */ 6968 GTypeInterface gIface; 6969 /** 6970 * 6971 * Params: 6972 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 6973 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 6974 */ 6975 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) canPoll; 6976 /** 6977 * 6978 * Params: 6979 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 6980 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error 6981 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 6982 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the 6983 * next attempt to write will return the error. 6984 */ 6985 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) isWritable; 6986 /** 6987 * 6988 * Params: 6989 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 6990 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6991 * Returns: a new #GSource 6992 */ 6993 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 6994 /** 6995 * 6996 * Params: 6997 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream 6998 * buffer = a buffer to write 6999 * data from 7000 * count = the number of bytes you want to write 7001 * Returns: the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including 7002 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 7003 * 7004 * Throws: GException on failure. 7005 */ 7006 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) writeNonblocking; 7007 } 7008 7009 struct GPropertyAction; 7010 7011 struct GProxy; 7012 7013 struct GProxyAddress 7014 { 7015 GInetSocketAddress parentInstance; 7016 GProxyAddressPrivate* priv; 7017 } 7018 7019 /** 7020 * Class structure for #GProxyAddress. 7021 * 7022 * Since: 2.26 7023 */ 7024 struct GProxyAddressClass 7025 { 7026 GInetSocketAddressClass parentClass; 7027 } 7028 7029 struct GProxyAddressEnumerator 7030 { 7031 GSocketAddressEnumerator parentInstance; 7032 GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 7033 } 7034 7035 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorClass 7036 { 7037 GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass parentClass; 7038 /** */ 7039 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7040 /** */ 7041 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7042 /** */ 7043 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7044 /** */ 7045 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7046 /** */ 7047 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7048 /** */ 7049 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7050 /** */ 7051 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7052 } 7053 7054 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate; 7055 7056 struct GProxyAddressPrivate; 7057 7058 /** 7059 * Provides an interface for handling proxy connection and payload. 7060 * 7061 * Since: 2.26 7062 */ 7063 struct GProxyInterface 7064 { 7065 /** 7066 * The parent interface. 7067 */ 7068 GTypeInterface gIface; 7069 /** 7070 * 7071 * Params: 7072 * proxy = a #GProxy 7073 * connection = a #GIOStream 7074 * proxyAddress = a #GProxyAddress 7075 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 7076 * Returns: a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might 7077 * be the same as @connection, in which case a reference 7078 * will be added. 7079 * 7080 * Throws: GException on failure. 7081 */ 7082 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) connect; 7083 /** */ 7084 extern(C) void function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) connectAsync; 7085 /** 7086 * 7087 * Params: 7088 * proxy = a #GProxy 7089 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7090 * Returns: a #GIOStream. 7091 * 7092 * Throws: GException on failure. 7093 */ 7094 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) connectFinish; 7095 /** 7096 * 7097 * Params: 7098 * proxy = a #GProxy 7099 * Returns: %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. 7100 */ 7101 extern(C) int function(GProxy* proxy) supportsHostname; 7102 } 7103 7104 struct GProxyResolver; 7105 7106 /** 7107 * The virtual function table for #GProxyResolver. 7108 */ 7109 struct GProxyResolverInterface 7110 { 7111 /** 7112 * The parent interface. 7113 */ 7114 GTypeInterface gIface; 7115 /** 7116 * 7117 * Params: 7118 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7119 * Returns: %TRUE if @resolver is supported. 7120 */ 7121 extern(C) int function(GProxyResolver* resolver) isSupported; 7122 /** 7123 * 7124 * Params: 7125 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7126 * uri = a URI representing the destination to connect to 7127 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7128 * Returns: A 7129 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7130 * with g_strfreev(). 7131 * 7132 * Throws: GException on failure. 7133 */ 7134 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookup; 7135 /** */ 7136 extern(C) void function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupAsync; 7137 /** 7138 * 7139 * Params: 7140 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7141 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7142 * Returns: A 7143 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7144 * with g_strfreev(). 7145 * 7146 * Throws: GException on failure. 7147 */ 7148 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupFinish; 7149 } 7150 7151 struct GRemoteActionGroup; 7152 7153 /** 7154 * The virtual function table for #GRemoteActionGroup. 7155 * 7156 * Since: 2.32 7157 */ 7158 struct GRemoteActionGroupInterface 7159 { 7160 GTypeInterface gIface; 7161 /** */ 7162 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter, GVariant* platformData) activateActionFull; 7163 /** */ 7164 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value, GVariant* platformData) changeActionStateFull; 7165 } 7166 7167 struct GResolver 7168 { 7169 GObject parentInstance; 7170 GResolverPrivate* priv; 7171 } 7172 7173 struct GResolverClass 7174 { 7175 GObjectClass parentClass; 7176 /** */ 7177 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver) reload; 7178 /** 7179 * 7180 * Params: 7181 * resolver = a #GResolver 7182 * hostname = the hostname to look up 7183 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7184 * Returns: a non-empty #GList 7185 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You 7186 * must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are 7187 * done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) 7188 * 7189 * Throws: GException on failure. 7190 */ 7191 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByName; 7192 /** */ 7193 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByNameAsync; 7194 /** 7195 * 7196 * Params: 7197 * resolver = a #GResolver 7198 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7199 * Returns: a #GList 7200 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() 7201 * for more details. 7202 * 7203 * Throws: GException on failure. 7204 */ 7205 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByNameFinish; 7206 /** 7207 * 7208 * Params: 7209 * resolver = a #GResolver 7210 * address = the address to reverse-resolve 7211 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7212 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7213 * form), or %NULL on error. 7214 * 7215 * Throws: GException on failure. 7216 */ 7217 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByAddress; 7218 /** */ 7219 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByAddressAsync; 7220 /** 7221 * 7222 * Params: 7223 * resolver = a #GResolver 7224 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7225 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7226 * form), or %NULL on error. 7227 * 7228 * Throws: GException on failure. 7229 */ 7230 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByAddressFinish; 7231 /** */ 7232 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupService; 7233 /** */ 7234 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupServiceAsync; 7235 /** 7236 * 7237 * Params: 7238 * resolver = a #GResolver 7239 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7240 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7241 * #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more 7242 * details. 7243 * 7244 * Throws: GException on failure. 7245 */ 7246 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupServiceFinish; 7247 /** 7248 * 7249 * Params: 7250 * resolver = a #GResolver 7251 * rrname = the DNS name to lookup the record for 7252 * recordType = the type of DNS record to lookup 7253 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7254 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7255 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7256 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7257 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7258 * 7259 * Throws: GException on failure. 7260 */ 7261 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupRecords; 7262 /** */ 7263 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupRecordsAsync; 7264 /** 7265 * 7266 * Params: 7267 * resolver = a #GResolver 7268 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7269 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7270 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7271 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7272 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7273 * 7274 * Throws: GException on failure. 7275 */ 7276 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupRecordsFinish; 7277 /** */ 7278 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7279 /** */ 7280 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7281 /** */ 7282 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7283 } 7284 7285 struct GResolverPrivate; 7286 7287 struct GResource; 7288 7289 struct GSeekable; 7290 7291 /** 7292 * Provides an interface for implementing seekable functionality on I/O Streams. 7293 */ 7294 struct GSeekableIface 7295 { 7296 /** 7297 * The parent interface. 7298 */ 7299 GTypeInterface gIface; 7300 /** 7301 * 7302 * Params: 7303 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7304 * Returns: the offset from the beginning of the buffer. 7305 */ 7306 extern(C) long function(GSeekable* seekable) tell; 7307 /** 7308 * 7309 * Params: 7310 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7311 * Returns: %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. 7312 */ 7313 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canSeek; 7314 /** 7315 * 7316 * Params: 7317 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7318 * offset = a #goffset. 7319 * type = a #GSeekType. 7320 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7321 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7322 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7323 * appropriately if present. 7324 * 7325 * Throws: GException on failure. 7326 */ 7327 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 7328 /** 7329 * 7330 * Params: 7331 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7332 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. 7333 */ 7334 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canTruncate; 7335 /** 7336 * 7337 * Params: 7338 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7339 * offset = a #goffset. 7340 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7341 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7342 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7343 * appropriately if present. 7344 * 7345 * Throws: GException on failure. 7346 */ 7347 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 7348 } 7349 7350 struct GSettings 7351 { 7352 GObject parentInstance; 7353 GSettingsPrivate* priv; 7354 } 7355 7356 struct GSettingsBackend 7357 { 7358 GObject parentInstance; 7359 GSettingsBackendPrivate* priv; 7360 } 7361 7362 /** 7363 * Class structure for #GSettingsBackend. 7364 */ 7365 struct GSettingsBackendClass 7366 { 7367 GObjectClass parentClass; 7368 /** */ 7369 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType, int defaultValue) read; 7370 /** */ 7371 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key) getWritable; 7372 /** */ 7373 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariant* value, void* originTag) write; 7374 /** */ 7375 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, GTree* tree, void* originTag) writeTree; 7376 /** */ 7377 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, void* originTag) reset; 7378 /** */ 7379 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) subscribe; 7380 /** */ 7381 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) unsubscribe; 7382 /** */ 7383 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend) sync; 7384 /** */ 7385 extern(C) GPermission* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* path) getPermission; 7386 /** */ 7387 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType) readUserValue; 7388 void*[23] padding; 7389 } 7390 7391 struct GSettingsBackendPrivate; 7392 7393 struct GSettingsClass 7394 { 7395 GObjectClass parentClass; 7396 /** */ 7397 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) writableChanged; 7398 /** */ 7399 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) changed; 7400 /** */ 7401 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark key) writableChangeEvent; 7402 /** */ 7403 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark* keys, int nKeys) changeEvent; 7404 void*[20] padding; 7405 } 7406 7407 struct GSettingsPrivate; 7408 7409 struct GSettingsSchema; 7410 7411 struct GSettingsSchemaKey; 7412 7413 struct GSettingsSchemaSource; 7414 7415 struct GSimpleAction; 7416 7417 struct GSimpleActionGroup 7418 { 7419 GObject parentInstance; 7420 GSimpleActionGroupPrivate* priv; 7421 } 7422 7423 struct GSimpleActionGroupClass 7424 { 7425 GObjectClass parentClass; 7426 void*[12] padding; 7427 } 7428 7429 struct GSimpleActionGroupPrivate; 7430 7431 struct GSimpleAsyncResult; 7432 7433 struct GSimpleAsyncResultClass; 7434 7435 struct GSimpleIOStream; 7436 7437 struct GSimplePermission; 7438 7439 struct GSimpleProxyResolver 7440 { 7441 GObject parentInstance; 7442 GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate* priv; 7443 } 7444 7445 struct GSimpleProxyResolverClass 7446 { 7447 GObjectClass parentClass; 7448 /** */ 7449 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7450 /** */ 7451 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7452 /** */ 7453 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7454 /** */ 7455 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7456 /** */ 7457 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7458 } 7459 7460 struct GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate; 7461 7462 struct GSocket 7463 { 7464 GObject parentInstance; 7465 GSocketPrivate* priv; 7466 } 7467 7468 struct GSocketAddress 7469 { 7470 GObject parentInstance; 7471 } 7472 7473 struct GSocketAddressClass 7474 { 7475 GObjectClass parentClass; 7476 /** 7477 * 7478 * Params: 7479 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7480 * Returns: the socket family type of @address 7481 */ 7482 extern(C) GSocketFamily function(GSocketAddress* address) getFamily; 7483 /** 7484 * 7485 * Params: 7486 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7487 * Returns: the size of the native struct sockaddr that 7488 * @address represents 7489 */ 7490 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GSocketAddress* address) getNativeSize; 7491 /** 7492 * 7493 * Params: 7494 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7495 * dest = a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native 7496 * struct sockaddr 7497 * destlen = the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as 7498 * g_socket_address_get_native_size() 7499 * Returns: %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error 7500 * 7501 * Throws: GException on failure. 7502 */ 7503 extern(C) int function(GSocketAddress* address, void* dest, size_t destlen, GError** err) toNative; 7504 } 7505 7506 struct GSocketAddressEnumerator 7507 { 7508 GObject parentInstance; 7509 } 7510 7511 struct GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass 7512 { 7513 GObjectClass parentClass; 7514 /** 7515 * 7516 * Params: 7517 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7518 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7519 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 7520 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 7521 * more addresses. 7522 * 7523 * Throws: GException on failure. 7524 */ 7525 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) next; 7526 /** */ 7527 extern(C) void function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextAsync; 7528 /** 7529 * 7530 * Params: 7531 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7532 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7533 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 7534 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 7535 * more addresses. 7536 * 7537 * Throws: GException on failure. 7538 */ 7539 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFinish; 7540 } 7541 7542 struct GSocketClass 7543 { 7544 GObjectClass parentClass; 7545 /** */ 7546 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7547 /** */ 7548 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7549 /** */ 7550 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7551 /** */ 7552 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7553 /** */ 7554 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7555 /** */ 7556 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7557 /** */ 7558 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7559 /** */ 7560 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 7561 /** */ 7562 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 7563 /** */ 7564 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 7565 } 7566 7567 struct GSocketClient 7568 { 7569 GObject parentInstance; 7570 GSocketClientPrivate* priv; 7571 } 7572 7573 struct GSocketClientClass 7574 { 7575 GObjectClass parentClass; 7576 /** */ 7577 extern(C) void function(GSocketClient* client, GSocketClientEvent event, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GIOStream* connection) event; 7578 /** */ 7579 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7580 /** */ 7581 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7582 /** */ 7583 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7584 /** */ 7585 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7586 } 7587 7588 struct GSocketClientPrivate; 7589 7590 struct GSocketConnectable; 7591 7592 /** 7593 * Provides an interface for returning a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7594 * and #GProxyAddressEnumerator 7595 */ 7596 struct GSocketConnectableIface 7597 { 7598 /** 7599 * The parent interface. 7600 */ 7601 GTypeInterface gIface; 7602 /** 7603 * 7604 * Params: 7605 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7606 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 7607 */ 7608 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) enumerate; 7609 /** 7610 * 7611 * Params: 7612 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7613 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 7614 */ 7615 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) proxyEnumerate; 7616 /** 7617 * 7618 * Params: 7619 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7620 * Returns: the formatted string 7621 */ 7622 extern(C) char* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) toString; 7623 } 7624 7625 struct GSocketConnection 7626 { 7627 GIOStream parentInstance; 7628 GSocketConnectionPrivate* priv; 7629 } 7630 7631 struct GSocketConnectionClass 7632 { 7633 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 7634 /** */ 7635 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7636 /** */ 7637 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7638 /** */ 7639 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7640 /** */ 7641 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7642 /** */ 7643 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7644 /** */ 7645 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7646 } 7647 7648 struct GSocketConnectionPrivate; 7649 7650 struct GSocketControlMessage 7651 { 7652 GObject parentInstance; 7653 GSocketControlMessagePrivate* priv; 7654 } 7655 7656 /** 7657 * Class structure for #GSocketControlMessage. 7658 */ 7659 struct GSocketControlMessageClass 7660 { 7661 GObjectClass parentClass; 7662 /** 7663 * 7664 * Params: 7665 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 7666 * Returns: The number of bytes required. 7667 */ 7668 extern(C) size_t function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getSize; 7669 /** 7670 * 7671 * Params: 7672 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 7673 * Returns: an integer describing the level 7674 */ 7675 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getLevel; 7676 /** */ 7677 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getType; 7678 /** */ 7679 extern(C) void function(GSocketControlMessage* message, void* data) serialize; 7680 /** */ 7681 extern(C) GSocketControlMessage* function(int level, int type, size_t size, void* data) deserialize; 7682 /** */ 7683 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7684 /** */ 7685 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7686 /** */ 7687 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7688 /** */ 7689 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7690 /** */ 7691 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7692 } 7693 7694 struct GSocketControlMessagePrivate; 7695 7696 struct GSocketListener 7697 { 7698 GObject parentInstance; 7699 GSocketListenerPrivate* priv; 7700 } 7701 7702 /** 7703 * Class structure for #GSocketListener. 7704 */ 7705 struct GSocketListenerClass 7706 { 7707 GObjectClass parentClass; 7708 /** */ 7709 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener) changed; 7710 /** */ 7711 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener, GSocketListenerEvent* event, GSocket* socket) event; 7712 /** */ 7713 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7714 /** */ 7715 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7716 /** */ 7717 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7718 /** */ 7719 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7720 /** */ 7721 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7722 } 7723 7724 struct GSocketListenerPrivate; 7725 7726 struct GSocketPrivate; 7727 7728 struct GSocketService 7729 { 7730 GSocketListener parentInstance; 7731 GSocketServicePrivate* priv; 7732 } 7733 7734 /** 7735 * Class structure for #GSocketService. 7736 */ 7737 struct GSocketServiceClass 7738 { 7739 GSocketListenerClass parentClass; 7740 /** */ 7741 extern(C) int function(GSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) incoming; 7742 /** */ 7743 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7744 /** */ 7745 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7746 /** */ 7747 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7748 /** */ 7749 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7750 /** */ 7751 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7752 /** */ 7753 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7754 } 7755 7756 struct GSocketServicePrivate; 7757 7758 struct GSrvTarget; 7759 7760 struct GStaticResource 7761 { 7762 ubyte* data; 7763 size_t dataLen; 7764 GResource* resource; 7765 GStaticResource* next; 7766 void* padding; 7767 } 7768 7769 struct GSubprocess; 7770 7771 struct GSubprocessLauncher; 7772 7773 struct GTask; 7774 7775 struct GTaskClass; 7776 7777 struct GTcpConnection 7778 { 7779 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 7780 GTcpConnectionPrivate* priv; 7781 } 7782 7783 struct GTcpConnectionClass 7784 { 7785 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 7786 } 7787 7788 struct GTcpConnectionPrivate; 7789 7790 struct GTcpWrapperConnection 7791 { 7792 GTcpConnection parentInstance; 7793 GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate* priv; 7794 } 7795 7796 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionClass 7797 { 7798 GTcpConnectionClass parentClass; 7799 } 7800 7801 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate; 7802 7803 struct GTestDBus; 7804 7805 struct GThemedIcon; 7806 7807 struct GThemedIconClass; 7808 7809 struct GThreadedSocketService 7810 { 7811 GSocketService parentInstance; 7812 GThreadedSocketServicePrivate* priv; 7813 } 7814 7815 struct GThreadedSocketServiceClass 7816 { 7817 GSocketServiceClass parentClass; 7818 /** */ 7819 extern(C) int function(GThreadedSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) run; 7820 /** */ 7821 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7822 /** */ 7823 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7824 /** */ 7825 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7826 /** */ 7827 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7828 /** */ 7829 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7830 } 7831 7832 struct GThreadedSocketServicePrivate; 7833 7834 struct GTlsBackend; 7835 7836 /** 7837 * Provides an interface for describing TLS-related types. 7838 * 7839 * Since: 2.28 7840 */ 7841 struct GTlsBackendInterface 7842 { 7843 /** 7844 * The parent interface. 7845 */ 7846 GTypeInterface gIface; 7847 /** 7848 * 7849 * Params: 7850 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 7851 * Returns: whether or not TLS is supported 7852 */ 7853 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsTls; 7854 /** */ 7855 extern(C) GType function() getCertificateType; 7856 /** */ 7857 extern(C) GType function() getClientConnectionType; 7858 /** */ 7859 extern(C) GType function() getServerConnectionType; 7860 /** */ 7861 extern(C) GType function() getFileDatabaseType; 7862 /** 7863 * 7864 * Params: 7865 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 7866 * Returns: the default database, which should be 7867 * unreffed when done. 7868 */ 7869 extern(C) GTlsDatabase* function(GTlsBackend* backend) getDefaultDatabase; 7870 /** 7871 * 7872 * Params: 7873 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 7874 * Returns: whether DTLS is supported 7875 */ 7876 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsDtls; 7877 /** */ 7878 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsClientConnectionType; 7879 /** */ 7880 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsServerConnectionType; 7881 } 7882 7883 struct GTlsCertificate 7884 { 7885 GObject parentInstance; 7886 GTlsCertificatePrivate* priv; 7887 } 7888 7889 struct GTlsCertificateClass 7890 { 7891 GObjectClass parentClass; 7892 /** 7893 * 7894 * Params: 7895 * cert = a #GTlsCertificate 7896 * identity = the expected peer identity 7897 * trustedCa = the certificate of a trusted authority 7898 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags 7899 */ 7900 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsCertificate* cert, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsCertificate* trustedCa) verify; 7901 void*[8] padding; 7902 } 7903 7904 struct GTlsCertificatePrivate; 7905 7906 struct GTlsClientConnection; 7907 7908 /** 7909 * vtable for a #GTlsClientConnection implementation. 7910 * 7911 * Since: 2.26 7912 */ 7913 struct GTlsClientConnectionInterface 7914 { 7915 /** 7916 * The parent interface. 7917 */ 7918 GTypeInterface gIface; 7919 /** */ 7920 extern(C) void function(GTlsClientConnection* conn, GTlsClientConnection* source) copySessionState; 7921 } 7922 7923 struct GTlsConnection 7924 { 7925 GIOStream parentInstance; 7926 GTlsConnectionPrivate* priv; 7927 } 7928 7929 struct GTlsConnectionClass 7930 { 7931 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 7932 /** */ 7933 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 7934 /** 7935 * 7936 * Params: 7937 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 7938 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7939 * Returns: success or failure 7940 * 7941 * Throws: GException on failure. 7942 */ 7943 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 7944 /** */ 7945 extern(C) void function(GTlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 7946 /** 7947 * 7948 * Params: 7949 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 7950 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 7951 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 7952 * case @error will be set. 7953 * 7954 * Throws: GException on failure. 7955 */ 7956 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 7957 void*[8] padding; 7958 } 7959 7960 struct GTlsConnectionPrivate; 7961 7962 struct GTlsDatabase 7963 { 7964 GObject parentInstance; 7965 GTlsDatabasePrivate* priv; 7966 } 7967 7968 /** 7969 * The class for #GTlsDatabase. Derived classes should implement the various 7970 * virtual methods. _async and _finish methods have a default 7971 * implementation that runs the corresponding sync method in a thread. 7972 * 7973 * Since: 2.30 7974 */ 7975 struct GTlsDatabaseClass 7976 { 7977 GObjectClass parentClass; 7978 /** 7979 * 7980 * Params: 7981 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 7982 * chain = a #GTlsCertificate chain 7983 * purpose = the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. 7984 * identity = the expected peer identity 7985 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 7986 * flags = additional verify flags 7987 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7988 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 7989 * result of verification. 7990 * 7991 * Throws: GException on failure. 7992 */ 7993 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) verifyChain; 7994 /** */ 7995 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) verifyChainAsync; 7996 /** 7997 * 7998 * Params: 7999 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8000 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8001 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 8002 * result of verification. 8003 * 8004 * Throws: GException on failure. 8005 */ 8006 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) verifyChainFinish; 8007 /** 8008 * 8009 * Params: 8010 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8011 * certificate = certificate for which to create a handle. 8012 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 8013 * handle. 8014 */ 8015 extern(C) char* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate) createCertificateHandle; 8016 /** 8017 * 8018 * Params: 8019 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8020 * handle = a certificate handle 8021 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8022 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup. 8023 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8024 * Returns: a newly allocated 8025 * #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8026 * 8027 * Throws: GException on failure. 8028 */ 8029 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandle; 8030 /** */ 8031 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateForHandleAsync; 8032 /** 8033 * 8034 * Params: 8035 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8036 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8037 * Returns: a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. 8038 * Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8039 * 8040 * Throws: GException on failure. 8041 */ 8042 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandleFinish; 8043 /** 8044 * 8045 * Params: 8046 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8047 * certificate = a #GTlsCertificate 8048 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8049 * flags = flags which affect the lookup operation 8050 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8051 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8052 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8053 * 8054 * Throws: GException on failure. 8055 */ 8056 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuer; 8057 /** */ 8058 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateIssuerAsync; 8059 /** 8060 * 8061 * Params: 8062 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8063 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8064 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8065 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8066 * 8067 * Throws: GException on failure. 8068 */ 8069 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuerFinish; 8070 /** 8071 * 8072 * Params: 8073 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8074 * issuerRawDn = a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. 8075 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8076 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup operation. 8077 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8078 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8079 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8080 * 8081 * Throws: GException on failure. 8082 */ 8083 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedBy; 8084 /** */ 8085 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync; 8086 /** 8087 * 8088 * Params: 8089 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8090 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8091 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8092 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8093 * 8094 * Throws: GException on failure. 8095 */ 8096 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish; 8097 void*[16] padding; 8098 } 8099 8100 struct GTlsDatabasePrivate; 8101 8102 struct GTlsFileDatabase; 8103 8104 /** 8105 * Provides an interface for #GTlsFileDatabase implementations. 8106 */ 8107 struct GTlsFileDatabaseInterface 8108 { 8109 /** 8110 * The parent interface. 8111 */ 8112 GTypeInterface gIface; 8113 void*[8] padding; 8114 } 8115 8116 struct GTlsInteraction 8117 { 8118 GObject parentInstance; 8119 GTlsInteractionPrivate* priv; 8120 } 8121 8122 /** 8123 * The class for #GTlsInteraction. Derived classes implement the various 8124 * virtual interaction methods to handle TLS interactions. 8125 * 8126 * Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd 8127 * like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class 8128 * initialization function. If a derived class implements an async method, 8129 * it must also implement the corresponding finish method. 8130 * 8131 * The synchronous interaction methods should implement to display modal dialogs, 8132 * and the asynchronous methods to display modeless dialogs. 8133 * 8134 * If the user cancels an interaction, then the result should be 8135 * %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED and the error should be set with a domain of 8136 * %G_IO_ERROR and code of %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. 8137 * 8138 * Since: 2.30 8139 */ 8140 struct GTlsInteractionClass 8141 { 8142 GObjectClass parentClass; 8143 /** 8144 * 8145 * Params: 8146 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8147 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8148 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8149 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8150 * 8151 * Throws: GException on failure. 8152 */ 8153 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) askPassword; 8154 /** */ 8155 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) askPasswordAsync; 8156 /** 8157 * 8158 * Params: 8159 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8160 * result = the result passed to the callback 8161 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8162 * 8163 * Throws: GException on failure. 8164 */ 8165 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) askPasswordFinish; 8166 /** 8167 * 8168 * Params: 8169 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8170 * connection = a #GTlsConnection object 8171 * flags = flags providing more information about the request 8172 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8173 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8174 * 8175 * Throws: GException on failure. 8176 */ 8177 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) requestCertificate; 8178 /** */ 8179 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) requestCertificateAsync; 8180 /** 8181 * 8182 * Params: 8183 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8184 * result = the result passed to the callback 8185 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8186 * 8187 * Throws: GException on failure. 8188 */ 8189 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) requestCertificateFinish; 8190 void*[21] padding; 8191 } 8192 8193 struct GTlsInteractionPrivate; 8194 8195 struct GTlsPassword 8196 { 8197 GObject parentInstance; 8198 GTlsPasswordPrivate* priv; 8199 } 8200 8201 /** 8202 * Class structure for #GTlsPassword. 8203 */ 8204 struct GTlsPasswordClass 8205 { 8206 GObjectClass parentClass; 8207 /** 8208 * 8209 * Params: 8210 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8211 * length = location to place the length of the password. 8212 * Returns: The password value (owned by the password object). 8213 */ 8214 extern(C) char* function(GTlsPassword* password, size_t* length) getValue; 8215 /** */ 8216 extern(C) void function(GTlsPassword* password, char* value, ptrdiff_t length, GDestroyNotify destroy) setValue; 8217 /** */ 8218 extern(C) const(char)* function(GTlsPassword* password) getDefaultWarning; 8219 void*[4] padding; 8220 } 8221 8222 struct GTlsPasswordPrivate; 8223 8224 struct GTlsServerConnection; 8225 8226 /** 8227 * vtable for a #GTlsServerConnection implementation. 8228 * 8229 * Since: 2.26 8230 */ 8231 struct GTlsServerConnectionInterface 8232 { 8233 /** 8234 * The parent interface. 8235 */ 8236 GTypeInterface gIface; 8237 } 8238 8239 struct GUnixConnection 8240 { 8241 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 8242 GUnixConnectionPrivate* priv; 8243 } 8244 8245 struct GUnixConnectionClass 8246 { 8247 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 8248 } 8249 8250 struct GUnixConnectionPrivate; 8251 8252 struct GUnixCredentialsMessage 8253 { 8254 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8255 GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate* priv; 8256 } 8257 8258 /** 8259 * Class structure for #GUnixCredentialsMessage. 8260 * 8261 * Since: 2.26 8262 */ 8263 struct GUnixCredentialsMessageClass 8264 { 8265 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8266 /** */ 8267 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8268 /** */ 8269 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8270 } 8271 8272 struct GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate; 8273 8274 struct GUnixFDList 8275 { 8276 GObject parentInstance; 8277 GUnixFDListPrivate* priv; 8278 } 8279 8280 struct GUnixFDListClass 8281 { 8282 GObjectClass parentClass; 8283 /** */ 8284 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8285 /** */ 8286 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8287 /** */ 8288 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8289 /** */ 8290 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8291 /** */ 8292 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8293 } 8294 8295 struct GUnixFDListPrivate; 8296 8297 struct GUnixFDMessage 8298 { 8299 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8300 GUnixFDMessagePrivate* priv; 8301 } 8302 8303 struct GUnixFDMessageClass 8304 { 8305 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8306 /** */ 8307 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8308 /** */ 8309 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8310 } 8311 8312 struct GUnixFDMessagePrivate; 8313 8314 struct GUnixInputStream 8315 { 8316 GInputStream parentInstance; 8317 GUnixInputStreamPrivate* priv; 8318 } 8319 8320 struct GUnixInputStreamClass 8321 { 8322 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 8323 /** */ 8324 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8325 /** */ 8326 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8327 /** */ 8328 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8329 /** */ 8330 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8331 /** */ 8332 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8333 } 8334 8335 struct GUnixInputStreamPrivate; 8336 8337 /** 8338 * Defines a Unix mount entry (e.g. <filename>/media/cdrom</filename>). 8339 * This corresponds roughly to a mtab entry. 8340 */ 8341 struct GUnixMountEntry; 8342 8343 struct GUnixMountMonitor; 8344 8345 struct GUnixMountMonitorClass; 8346 8347 struct GUnixMountPoint; 8348 8349 struct GUnixOutputStream 8350 { 8351 GOutputStream parentInstance; 8352 GUnixOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 8353 } 8354 8355 struct GUnixOutputStreamClass 8356 { 8357 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 8358 /** */ 8359 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8360 /** */ 8361 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8362 /** */ 8363 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8364 /** */ 8365 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8366 /** */ 8367 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8368 } 8369 8370 struct GUnixOutputStreamPrivate; 8371 8372 struct GUnixSocketAddress 8373 { 8374 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 8375 GUnixSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 8376 } 8377 8378 struct GUnixSocketAddressClass 8379 { 8380 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 8381 } 8382 8383 struct GUnixSocketAddressPrivate; 8384 8385 struct GVfs 8386 { 8387 GObject parentInstance; 8388 } 8389 8390 struct GVfsClass 8391 { 8392 GObjectClass parentClass; 8393 /** 8394 * 8395 * Params: 8396 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8397 * Returns: %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful 8398 * and it is now active. 8399 */ 8400 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs) isActive; 8401 /** 8402 * 8403 * Params: 8404 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8405 * path = a string containing a VFS path. 8406 * Returns: a #GFile. 8407 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8408 */ 8409 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* path) getFileForPath; 8410 /** 8411 * 8412 * Params: 8413 * vfs = a#GVfs. 8414 * uri = a string containing a URI 8415 * Returns: a #GFile. 8416 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8417 */ 8418 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* uri) getFileForUri; 8419 /** 8420 * 8421 * Params: 8422 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8423 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of strings. 8424 * The returned array belongs to GIO and must 8425 * not be freed or modified. 8426 */ 8427 extern(C) char** function(GVfs* vfs) getSupportedUriSchemes; 8428 /** 8429 * 8430 * Params: 8431 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8432 * parseName = a string to be parsed by the VFS module. 8433 * Returns: a #GFile for the given @parse_name. 8434 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8435 */ 8436 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* parseName) parseName; 8437 /** */ 8438 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, ulong device, GFileAttributeMatcher* attributeMatcher, GFileInfo* info, GCancellable* cancellable, void** extraData, GDestroyNotify* freeExtraData) localFileAddInfo; 8439 /** */ 8440 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, GFileAttributeInfoList* list) addWritableNamespaces; 8441 /** */ 8442 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) localFileSetAttributes; 8443 /** */ 8444 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename) localFileRemoved; 8445 /** */ 8446 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* source, const(char)* dest) localFileMoved; 8447 /** */ 8448 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVfs* vfs, GVariant* value) deserializeIcon; 8449 /** */ 8450 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8451 /** */ 8452 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8453 /** */ 8454 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8455 /** */ 8456 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8457 /** */ 8458 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8459 /** */ 8460 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8461 } 8462 8463 struct GVolume; 8464 8465 /** 8466 * Interface for implementing operations for mountable volumes. 8467 */ 8468 struct GVolumeIface 8469 { 8470 /** 8471 * The parent interface. 8472 */ 8473 GTypeInterface gIface; 8474 /** */ 8475 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) changed; 8476 /** */ 8477 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) removed; 8478 /** 8479 * 8480 * Params: 8481 * volume = a #GVolume 8482 * Returns: the name for the given @volume. The returned string should 8483 * be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. 8484 */ 8485 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getName; 8486 /** 8487 * 8488 * Params: 8489 * volume = a #GVolume 8490 * Returns: a #GIcon. 8491 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8492 * when no longer needed. 8493 */ 8494 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getIcon; 8495 /** 8496 * 8497 * Params: 8498 * volume = a #GVolume 8499 * Returns: the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. 8500 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 8501 * when no longer needed. 8502 */ 8503 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getUuid; 8504 /** 8505 * 8506 * Params: 8507 * volume = a #GVolume 8508 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not 8509 * associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed 8510 * with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 8511 */ 8512 extern(C) GDrive* function(GVolume* volume) getDrive; 8513 /** 8514 * 8515 * Params: 8516 * volume = a #GVolume 8517 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. 8518 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8519 * when no longer needed. 8520 */ 8521 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolume* volume) getMount; 8522 /** 8523 * 8524 * Params: 8525 * volume = a #GVolume 8526 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise 8527 */ 8528 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canMount; 8529 /** 8530 * 8531 * Params: 8532 * volume = a #GVolume 8533 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise 8534 */ 8535 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canEject; 8536 /** */ 8537 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountFn; 8538 /** 8539 * 8540 * Params: 8541 * volume = a #GVolume 8542 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8543 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 8544 * 8545 * Throws: GException on failure. 8546 */ 8547 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountFinish; 8548 /** */ 8549 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 8550 /** 8551 * 8552 * Params: 8553 * volume = pointer to a #GVolume 8554 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8555 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 8556 * 8557 * Throws: GException on failure. 8558 */ 8559 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 8560 /** 8561 * 8562 * Params: 8563 * volume = a #GVolume 8564 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 8565 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 8566 * requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume 8567 * doesn't have this kind of identifier 8568 */ 8569 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 8570 /** 8571 * 8572 * Params: 8573 * volume = a #GVolume 8574 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array 8575 * of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. 8576 */ 8577 extern(C) char** function(GVolume* volume) enumerateIdentifiers; 8578 /** 8579 * 8580 * Params: 8581 * volume = a #GVolume 8582 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted 8583 */ 8584 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) shouldAutomount; 8585 /** 8586 * 8587 * Params: 8588 * volume = a #GVolume 8589 * Returns: the activation root of @volume 8590 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. 8591 */ 8592 extern(C) GFile* function(GVolume* volume) getActivationRoot; 8593 /** */ 8594 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 8595 /** 8596 * 8597 * Params: 8598 * volume = a #GVolume 8599 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8600 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise 8601 * 8602 * Throws: GException on failure. 8603 */ 8604 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 8605 /** 8606 * 8607 * Params: 8608 * volume = a #GVolume 8609 * Returns: Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available 8610 */ 8611 extern(C) const(char)* function(GVolume* volume) getSortKey; 8612 /** 8613 * 8614 * Params: 8615 * volume = a #GVolume 8616 * Returns: a #GIcon. 8617 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8618 * when no longer needed. 8619 */ 8620 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getSymbolicIcon; 8621 } 8622 8623 struct GVolumeMonitor 8624 { 8625 GObject parentInstance; 8626 void* priv; 8627 } 8628 8629 struct GVolumeMonitorClass 8630 { 8631 GObjectClass parentClass; 8632 /** */ 8633 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeAdded; 8634 /** */ 8635 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeRemoved; 8636 /** */ 8637 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeChanged; 8638 /** */ 8639 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountAdded; 8640 /** */ 8641 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountRemoved; 8642 /** */ 8643 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountPreUnmount; 8644 /** */ 8645 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountChanged; 8646 /** */ 8647 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveConnected; 8648 /** */ 8649 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveDisconnected; 8650 /** */ 8651 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveChanged; 8652 /** */ 8653 extern(C) int function() isSupported; 8654 /** 8655 * 8656 * Params: 8657 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8658 * Returns: a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. 8659 */ 8660 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getConnectedDrives; 8661 /** 8662 * 8663 * Params: 8664 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8665 * Returns: a #GList of #GVolume objects. 8666 */ 8667 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getVolumes; 8668 /** 8669 * 8670 * Params: 8671 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8672 * Returns: a #GList of #GMount objects. 8673 */ 8674 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getMounts; 8675 /** 8676 * 8677 * Params: 8678 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8679 * uuid = the UUID to look for 8680 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. 8681 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8682 */ 8683 extern(C) GVolume* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getVolumeForUuid; 8684 /** 8685 * 8686 * Params: 8687 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8688 * uuid = the UUID to look for 8689 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. 8690 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8691 */ 8692 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getMountForUuid; 8693 /** */ 8694 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount, GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) adoptOrphanMount; 8695 /** */ 8696 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveEjectButton; 8697 /** */ 8698 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveStopButton; 8699 /** */ 8700 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8701 /** */ 8702 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8703 /** */ 8704 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8705 /** */ 8706 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8707 /** */ 8708 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8709 /** */ 8710 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8711 } 8712 8713 struct GZlibCompressor; 8714 8715 struct GZlibCompressorClass 8716 { 8717 GObjectClass parentClass; 8718 } 8719 8720 struct GZlibDecompressor; 8721 8722 struct GZlibDecompressorClass 8723 { 8724 GObjectClass parentClass; 8725 } 8726 8727 /** 8728 * Type definition for a function that will be called back when an asynchronous 8729 * operation within GIO has been completed. 8730 * 8731 * Params: 8732 * sourceObject = the object the asynchronous operation was started with. 8733 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 8734 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 8735 */ 8736 public alias extern(C) void function(GObject* sourceObject, GAsyncResult* res, void* userData) GAsyncReadyCallback; 8737 8738 /** 8739 * Invoked when a connection to a message bus has been obtained. 8740 * 8741 * Params: 8742 * connection = The #GDBusConnection to a message bus. 8743 * name = The name that is requested to be owned. 8744 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name(). 8745 * 8746 * Since: 2.26 8747 */ 8748 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusAcquiredCallback; 8749 8750 /** 8751 * Invoked when the name is acquired. 8752 * 8753 * Params: 8754 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquired the name. 8755 * name = The name being owned. 8756 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 8757 * 8758 * Since: 2.26 8759 */ 8760 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameAcquiredCallback; 8761 8762 /** 8763 * Invoked when the name being watched is known to have to have a owner. 8764 * 8765 * Params: 8766 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on. 8767 * name = The name being watched. 8768 * nameOwner = Unique name of the owner of the name being watched. 8769 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 8770 * 8771 * Since: 2.26 8772 */ 8773 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, const(char)* nameOwner, void* userData) GBusNameAppearedCallback; 8774 8775 /** 8776 * Invoked when the name is lost or @connection has been closed. 8777 * 8778 * Params: 8779 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquire the name or %NULL if 8780 * the connection was disconnected. 8781 * name = The name being owned. 8782 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 8783 * 8784 * Since: 2.26 8785 */ 8786 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameLostCallback; 8787 8788 /** 8789 * Invoked when the name being watched is known not to have to have a owner. 8790 * 8791 * This is also invoked when the #GDBusConection on which the watch was 8792 * established has been closed. In that case, @connection will be 8793 * %NULL. 8794 * 8795 * Params: 8796 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on, or 8797 * %NULL. 8798 * name = The name being watched. 8799 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 8800 * 8801 * Since: 2.26 8802 */ 8803 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameVanishedCallback; 8804 8805 /** 8806 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 8807 * returned by g_cancellable_source_new(). 8808 * 8809 * Params: 8810 * cancellable = the #GCancellable 8811 * userData = data passed in by the user. 8812 * 8813 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 8814 * 8815 * Since: 2.28 8816 */ 8817 public alias extern(C) int function(GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GCancellableSourceFunc; 8818 8819 /** 8820 * The type of the @get_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 8821 * 8822 * Params: 8823 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8824 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 8825 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 8826 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 8827 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 8828 * error = Return location for error. 8829 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 8830 * 8831 * Returns: A #GVariant with the value for @property_name or %NULL if 8832 * @error is set. If the returned #GVariant is floating, it is 8833 * consumed - otherwise its reference count is decreased by one. 8834 * 8835 * Since: 2.26 8836 */ 8837 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc; 8838 8839 /** 8840 * The type of the @method_call function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 8841 * 8842 * Params: 8843 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8844 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 8845 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 8846 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name the method was invoked on. 8847 * methodName = The name of the method that was invoked. 8848 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters. 8849 * invocation = A #GDBusMethodInvocation object that must be used to return a value or error. 8850 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 8851 * 8852 * Since: 2.26 8853 */ 8854 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* methodName, GVariant* parameters, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc; 8855 8856 /** 8857 * The type of the @set_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 8858 * 8859 * Params: 8860 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8861 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 8862 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 8863 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 8864 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 8865 * value = The value to set the property to. 8866 * error = Return location for error. 8867 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 8868 * 8869 * Returns: %TRUE if the property was set to @value, %FALSE if @error is set. 8870 * 8871 * Since: 2.26 8872 */ 8873 public alias extern(C) int function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GVariant* value, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc; 8874 8875 /** 8876 * Signature for function used in g_dbus_connection_add_filter(). 8877 * 8878 * A filter function is passed a #GDBusMessage and expected to return 8879 * a #GDBusMessage too. Passive filter functions that don't modify the 8880 * message can simply return the @message object: 8881 * |[ 8882 * static GDBusMessage * 8883 * passive_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 8884 * GDBusMessage *message, 8885 * gboolean incoming, 8886 * gpointer user_data) 8887 * { 8888 * /<!-- -->* inspect @message *<!-- -->/ 8889 * return message; 8890 * } 8891 * ]| 8892 * Filter functions that wants to drop a message can simply return %NULL: 8893 * |[ 8894 * static GDBusMessage * 8895 * drop_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 8896 * GDBusMessage *message, 8897 * gboolean incoming, 8898 * gpointer user_data) 8899 * { 8900 * if (should_drop_message) 8901 * { 8902 * g_object_unref (message); 8903 * message = NULL; 8904 * } 8905 * return message; 8906 * } 8907 * ]| 8908 * Finally, a filter function may modify a message by copying it: 8909 * |[ 8910 * static GDBusMessage * 8911 * modifying_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 8912 * GDBusMessage *message, 8913 * gboolean incoming, 8914 * gpointer user_data) 8915 * { 8916 * GDBusMessage *copy; 8917 * GError *error; 8918 * 8919 * error = NULL; 8920 * copy = g_dbus_message_copy (message, &error); 8921 * /<!-- -->* handle @error being is set *<!-- -->/ 8922 * g_object_unref (message); 8923 * 8924 * /<!-- -->* modify @copy *<!-- -->/ 8925 * 8926 * return copy; 8927 * } 8928 * ]| 8929 * If the returned #GDBusMessage is different from @message and cannot 8930 * be sent on @connection (it could use features, such as file 8931 * descriptors, not compatible with @connection), then a warning is 8932 * logged to standard error. Applications can 8933 * check this ahead of time using g_dbus_message_to_blob() passing a 8934 * #GDBusCapabilityFlags value obtained from @connection. 8935 * 8936 * Params: 8937 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8938 * message = A locked #GDBusMessage that the filter function takes ownership of. 8939 * incoming = %TRUE if it is a message received from the other peer, %FALSE if it is 8940 * a message to be sent to the other peer. 8941 * userData = User data passed when adding the filter. 8942 * 8943 * Returns: A #GDBusMessage that will be freed with 8944 * g_object_unref() or %NULL to drop the message. Passive filter 8945 * functions can simply return the passed @message object. 8946 * 8947 * Since: 2.26 8948 */ 8949 public alias extern(C) GDBusMessage* function(GDBusConnection* connection, GDBusMessage* message, int incoming, void* userData) GDBusMessageFilterFunction; 8950 8951 /** 8952 * Function signature for a function used to determine the #GType to 8953 * use for an interface proxy (if @interface_name is not %NULL) or 8954 * object proxy (if @interface_name is %NULL). 8955 * 8956 * This function is called in the 8957 * [thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default] 8958 * that @manager was constructed in. 8959 * 8960 * Params: 8961 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 8962 * objectPath = The object path of the remote object. 8963 * interfaceName = The interface name of the remote object or %NULL if a #GDBusObjectProxy #GType is requested. 8964 * userData = User data. 8965 * 8966 * Returns: A #GType to use for the remote object. The returned type 8967 * must be a #GDBusProxy or #GDBusObjectProxy -derived 8968 * type. 8969 * 8970 * Since: 2.30 8971 */ 8972 public alias extern(C) GType function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, void* userData) GDBusProxyTypeFunc; 8973 8974 /** 8975 * Signature for callback function used in g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 8976 * 8977 * Params: 8978 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8979 * senderName = The unique bus name of the sender of the signal. 8980 * objectPath = The object path that the signal was emitted on. 8981 * interfaceName = The name of the interface. 8982 * signalName = The name of the signal. 8983 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. 8984 * userData = User data passed when subscribing to the signal. 8985 * 8986 * Since: 2.26 8987 */ 8988 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters, void* userData) GDBusSignalCallback; 8989 8990 /** 8991 * The type of the @dispatch function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 8992 * 8993 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 8994 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 8995 * 8996 * Params: 8997 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8998 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 8999 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9000 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name that the method call or property access is for. 9001 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9002 * outUserData = Return location for user data to pass to functions in the returned #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). 9003 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9004 * 9005 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable or %NULL if you don't want to handle the methods. 9006 * 9007 * Since: 2.26 9008 */ 9009 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* node, void** outUserData, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc; 9010 9011 /** 9012 * The type of the @enumerate function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9013 * 9014 * This function is called when generating introspection data and also 9015 * when preparing to dispatch incoming messages in the event that the 9016 * %G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is not 9017 * specified (ie: to verify that the object path is valid). 9018 * 9019 * Hierarchies are not supported; the items that you return should not 9020 * contain the '/' character. 9021 * 9022 * The return value will be freed with g_strfreev(). 9023 * 9024 * Params: 9025 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9026 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9027 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9028 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9029 * 9030 * Returns: A newly allocated array of strings for node names that are children of @object_path. 9031 * 9032 * Since: 2.26 9033 */ 9034 public alias extern(C) char** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc; 9035 9036 /** 9037 * The type of the @introspect function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9038 * 9039 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 9040 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 9041 * 9042 * This function should return %NULL to indicate that there is no object 9043 * at this node. 9044 * 9045 * If this function returns non-%NULL, the return value is expected to 9046 * be a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo 9047 * structures describing the interfaces implemented by @node. This 9048 * array will have g_dbus_interface_info_unref() called on each item 9049 * before being freed with g_free(). 9050 * 9051 * The difference between returning %NULL and an array containing zero 9052 * items is that the standard DBus interfaces will returned to the 9053 * remote introspector in the empty array case, but not in the %NULL 9054 * case. 9055 * 9056 * Params: 9057 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9058 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9059 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9060 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9061 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9062 * 9063 * Returns: A %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo, or %NULL. 9064 * 9065 * Since: 2.26 9066 */ 9067 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* node, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc; 9068 9069 /** 9070 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9071 * returned by g_datagram_based_create_source(). 9072 * 9073 * Params: 9074 * datagramBased = the #GDatagramBased 9075 * condition = the current condition at the source fired 9076 * userData = data passed in by the user 9077 * 9078 * Returns: %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the source should be removed, 9079 * %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE otherwise 9080 * 9081 * Since: 2.48 9082 */ 9083 public alias extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GDatagramBasedSourceFunc; 9084 9085 /** 9086 * During invocation, g_desktop_app_info_launch_uris_as_manager() may 9087 * create one or more child processes. This callback is invoked once 9088 * for each, providing the process ID. 9089 * 9090 * Params: 9091 * appinfo = a #GDesktopAppInfo 9092 * pid = Process identifier 9093 * userData = User data 9094 */ 9095 public alias extern(C) void function(GDesktopAppInfo* appinfo, GPid pid, void* userData) GDesktopAppLaunchCallback; 9096 9097 /** 9098 * This callback type is used by g_file_measure_disk_usage() to make 9099 * periodic progress reports when measuring the amount of disk spaced 9100 * used by a directory. 9101 * 9102 * These calls are made on a best-effort basis and not all types of 9103 * #GFile will support them. At the minimum, however, one call will 9104 * always be made immediately. 9105 * 9106 * In the case that there is no support, @reporting will be set to 9107 * %FALSE (and the other values undefined) and no further calls will be 9108 * made. Otherwise, the @reporting will be %TRUE and the other values 9109 * all-zeros during the first (immediate) call. In this way, you can 9110 * know which type of progress UI to show without a delay. 9111 * 9112 * For g_file_measure_disk_usage() the callback is made directly. For 9113 * g_file_measure_disk_usage_async() the callback is made via the 9114 * default main context of the calling thread (ie: the same way that the 9115 * final async result would be reported). 9116 * 9117 * @current_size is in the same units as requested by the operation (see 9118 * %G_FILE_DISK_USAGE_APPARENT_SIZE). 9119 * 9120 * The frequency of the updates is implementation defined, but is 9121 * ideally about once every 200ms. 9122 * 9123 * The last progress callback may or may not be equal to the final 9124 * result. Always check the async result to get the final value. 9125 * 9126 * Params: 9127 * reporting = %TRUE if more reports will come 9128 * currentSize = the current cumulative size measurement 9129 * numDirs = the number of directories visited so far 9130 * numFiles = the number of non-directory files encountered 9131 * userData = the data passed to the original request for this callback 9132 * 9133 * Since: 2.38 9134 */ 9135 public alias extern(C) void function(int reporting, ulong currentSize, ulong numDirs, ulong numFiles, void* userData) GFileMeasureProgressCallback; 9136 9137 /** 9138 * When doing file operations that may take a while, such as moving 9139 * a file or copying a file, a progress callback is used to pass how 9140 * far along that operation is to the application. 9141 * 9142 * Params: 9143 * currentNumBytes = the current number of bytes in the operation. 9144 * totalNumBytes = the total number of bytes in the operation. 9145 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 9146 */ 9147 public alias extern(C) void function(long currentNumBytes, long totalNumBytes, void* userData) GFileProgressCallback; 9148 9149 /** 9150 * When loading the partial contents of a file with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(), 9151 * it may become necessary to determine if any more data from the file should be loaded. 9152 * A #GFileReadMoreCallback function facilitates this by returning %TRUE if more data 9153 * should be read, or %FALSE otherwise. 9154 * 9155 * Params: 9156 * fileContents = the data as currently read. 9157 * fileSize = the size of the data currently read. 9158 * callbackData = data passed to the callback. 9159 * 9160 * Returns: %TRUE if more data should be read back. %FALSE otherwise. 9161 */ 9162 public alias extern(C) int function(const(char)* fileContents, long fileSize, void* callbackData) GFileReadMoreCallback; 9163 9164 /** 9165 * I/O Job function. 9166 * 9167 * Long-running jobs should periodically check the @cancellable 9168 * to see if they have been cancelled. 9169 * 9170 * Params: 9171 * job = a #GIOSchedulerJob. 9172 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9173 * userData = the data to pass to callback function 9174 * 9175 * Returns: %TRUE if this function should be called again to 9176 * complete the job, %FALSE if the job is complete (or cancelled) 9177 */ 9178 public alias extern(C) int function(GIOSchedulerJob* job, GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GIOSchedulerJobFunc; 9179 9180 /** 9181 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9182 * returned by g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() and 9183 * g_pollable_output_stream_create_source(). 9184 * 9185 * Params: 9186 * pollableStream = the #GPollableInputStream or #GPollableOutputStream 9187 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9188 * 9189 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9190 * 9191 * Since: 2.28 9192 */ 9193 public alias extern(C) int function(GObject* pollableStream, void* userData) GPollableSourceFunc; 9194 9195 /** 9196 * Changes the size of the memory block pointed to by @data to 9197 * @size bytes. 9198 * 9199 * The function should have the same semantics as realloc(). 9200 * 9201 * Params: 9202 * data = memory block to reallocate 9203 * size = size to reallocate @data to 9204 * 9205 * Returns: a pointer to the reallocated memory 9206 */ 9207 public alias extern(C) void* function(void* data, size_t size) GReallocFunc; 9208 9209 /** 9210 * The type for the function that is used to convert from #GSettings to 9211 * an object property. The @value is already initialized to hold values 9212 * of the appropriate type. 9213 * 9214 * Params: 9215 * value = return location for the property value 9216 * variant = the #GVariant 9217 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9218 * 9219 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9220 */ 9221 public alias extern(C) int function(GValue* value, GVariant* variant, void* userData) GSettingsBindGetMapping; 9222 9223 /** 9224 * The type for the function that is used to convert an object property 9225 * value to a #GVariant for storing it in #GSettings. 9226 * 9227 * Params: 9228 * value = a #GValue containing the property value to map 9229 * expectedType = the #GVariantType to create 9230 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9231 * 9232 * Returns: a new #GVariant holding the data from @value, 9233 * or %NULL in case of an error 9234 */ 9235 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GValue* value, GVariantType* expectedType, void* userData) GSettingsBindSetMapping; 9236 9237 /** 9238 * The type of the function that is used to convert from a value stored 9239 * in a #GSettings to a value that is useful to the application. 9240 * 9241 * If the value is successfully mapped, the result should be stored at 9242 * @result and %TRUE returned. If mapping fails (for example, if @value 9243 * is not in the right format) then %FALSE should be returned. 9244 * 9245 * If @value is %NULL then it means that the mapping function is being 9246 * given a "last chance" to successfully return a valid value. %TRUE 9247 * must be returned in this case. 9248 * 9249 * Params: 9250 * value = the #GVariant to map, or %NULL 9251 * result = the result of the mapping 9252 * userData = the user data that was passed to 9253 * g_settings_get_mapped() 9254 * 9255 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9256 */ 9257 public alias extern(C) int function(GVariant* value, void** result, void* userData) GSettingsGetMapping; 9258 9259 /** 9260 * Simple thread function that runs an asynchronous operation and 9261 * checks for cancellation. 9262 * 9263 * Params: 9264 * res = a #GSimpleAsyncResult. 9265 * object = a #GObject. 9266 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9267 */ 9268 public alias extern(C) void function(GSimpleAsyncResult* res, GObject* object, GCancellable* cancellable) GSimpleAsyncThreadFunc; 9269 9270 /** 9271 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9272 * returned by g_socket_create_source(). 9273 * 9274 * Params: 9275 * socket = the #GSocket 9276 * condition = the current condition at the source fired. 9277 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9278 * 9279 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9280 * 9281 * Since: 2.22 9282 */ 9283 public alias extern(C) int function(GSocket* socket, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GSocketSourceFunc; 9284 9285 /** 9286 * The prototype for a task function to be run in a thread via 9287 * g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). 9288 * 9289 * If the return-on-cancel flag is set on @task, and @cancellable gets 9290 * cancelled, then the #GTask will be completed immediately (as though 9291 * g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() had been called), without 9292 * waiting for the task function to complete. However, the task 9293 * function will continue running in its thread in the background. The 9294 * function therefore needs to be careful about how it uses 9295 * externally-visible state in this case. See 9296 * g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. 9297 * 9298 * Other than in that case, @task will be completed when the 9299 * #GTaskThreadFunc returns, not when it calls a 9300 * `g_task_return_` function. 9301 * 9302 * Params: 9303 * task = the #GTask 9304 * sourceObject = @task's source object 9305 * taskData = @task's task data 9306 * cancellable = @task's #GCancellable, or %NULL 9307 * 9308 * Since: 2.36 9309 */ 9310 public alias extern(C) void function(GTask* task, void* sourceObject, void* taskData, GCancellable* cancellable) GTaskThreadFunc; 9311 9312 /** 9313 * This function type is used by g_vfs_register_uri_scheme() to make it 9314 * possible for a client to associate an URI scheme to a different #GFile 9315 * implementation. 9316 * 9317 * The client should return a reference to the new file that has been 9318 * created for @uri, or %NULL to continue with the default implementation. 9319 * 9320 * Params: 9321 * vfs = a #GVfs 9322 * identifier = the identifier to lookup a #GFile for. This can either 9323 * be an URI or a parse name as returned by g_file_get_parse_name() 9324 * userData = user data passed to the function 9325 * 9326 * Returns: a #GFile for @identifier. 9327 * 9328 * Since: 2.50 9329 */ 9330 public alias extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* identifier, void* userData) GVfsFileLookupFunc; 9331 9332 /** 9333 * Extension point for default handler to URI association. See 9334 * [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 9335 */ 9336 enum DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-desktop-app-info-lookup"; 9337 alias G_DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 9338 9339 /** 9340 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking deletion privileges. 9341 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9342 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to delete the file. 9343 */ 9344 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = "access::can-delete"; 9345 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE; 9346 9347 /** 9348 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting execution privileges. 9349 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9350 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to execute the file. 9351 */ 9352 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = "access::can-execute"; 9353 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE; 9354 9355 /** 9356 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting read privileges. 9357 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9358 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to read the file. 9359 */ 9360 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = "access::can-read"; 9361 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ; 9362 9363 /** 9364 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking renaming privileges. 9365 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9366 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to rename the file. 9367 */ 9368 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = "access::can-rename"; 9369 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME; 9370 9371 /** 9372 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking trashing privileges. 9373 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9374 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to move the file to 9375 * the trash. 9376 */ 9377 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = "access::can-trash"; 9378 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH; 9379 9380 /** 9381 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting write privileges. 9382 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9383 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to write to the file. 9384 */ 9385 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = "access::can-write"; 9386 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE; 9387 9388 /** 9389 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's archive flag 9390 * is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the archive flag is set. This attribute 9391 * is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9392 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9393 */ 9394 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = "dos::is-archive"; 9395 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE; 9396 9397 /** 9398 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's backup flag 9399 * is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the backup flag is set. This attribute 9400 * is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9401 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9402 */ 9403 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = "dos::is-system"; 9404 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM; 9405 9406 /** 9407 * A key in the "etag" namespace for getting the value of the file's 9408 * entity tag. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9409 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9410 */ 9411 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = "etag::value"; 9412 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE; 9413 9414 /** 9415 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of free space left on the 9416 * file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9417 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9418 */ 9419 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = "filesystem::free"; 9420 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE; 9421 9422 /** 9423 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 9424 * is read only. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is read only. 9425 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9426 */ 9427 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = "filesystem::readonly"; 9428 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY; 9429 9430 /** 9431 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 9432 * is remote. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is remote. 9433 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9434 */ 9435 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = "filesystem::remote"; 9436 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE; 9437 9438 /** 9439 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the total size (in bytes) of the file system, 9440 * used in g_file_query_filesystem_info(). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9441 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9442 */ 9443 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = "filesystem::size"; 9444 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE; 9445 9446 /** 9447 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the file system's type. 9448 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9449 */ 9450 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = "filesystem::type"; 9451 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE; 9452 9453 /** 9454 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of used on the 9455 * file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9456 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9457 */ 9458 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = "filesystem::used"; 9459 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED; 9460 9461 /** 9462 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for hinting a file manager 9463 * application whether it should preview (e.g. thumbnail) files on the 9464 * file system. The value for this key contain a 9465 * #GFilesystemPreviewType. 9466 */ 9467 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = "filesystem::use-preview"; 9468 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW; 9469 9470 /** 9471 * A key in the "gvfs" namespace that gets the name of the current 9472 * GVFS backend in use. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9473 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9474 */ 9475 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = "gvfs::backend"; 9476 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND; 9477 9478 /** 9479 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting a file identifier. 9480 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9481 * An example use would be during listing files, to avoid recursive 9482 * directory scanning. 9483 */ 9484 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = "id::file"; 9485 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE; 9486 9487 /** 9488 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting the file system identifier. 9489 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9490 * An example use would be during drag and drop to see if the source 9491 * and target are on the same filesystem (default to move) or not (default 9492 * to copy). 9493 */ 9494 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = "id::filesystem"; 9495 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM; 9496 9497 /** 9498 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be ejected. 9499 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9500 */ 9501 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = "mountable::can-eject"; 9502 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT; 9503 9504 /** 9505 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is mountable. 9506 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9507 */ 9508 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = "mountable::can-mount"; 9509 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT; 9510 9511 /** 9512 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be polled. 9513 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9514 */ 9515 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = "mountable::can-poll"; 9516 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL; 9517 9518 /** 9519 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started. 9520 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9521 */ 9522 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = "mountable::can-start"; 9523 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START; 9524 9525 /** 9526 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started 9527 * degraded. 9528 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9529 */ 9530 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = "mountable::can-start-degraded"; 9531 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED; 9532 9533 /** 9534 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be stopped. 9535 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9536 */ 9537 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = "mountable::can-stop"; 9538 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP; 9539 9540 /** 9541 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is unmountable. 9542 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9543 */ 9544 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = "mountable::can-unmount"; 9545 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT; 9546 9547 /** 9548 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the HAL UDI for the mountable 9549 * file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9550 */ 9551 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = "mountable::hal-udi"; 9552 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI; 9553 9554 /** 9555 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) 9556 * is automatically polled for media. 9557 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9558 */ 9559 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = "mountable::is-media-check-automatic"; 9560 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC; 9561 9562 /** 9563 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the #GDriveStartStopType. 9564 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9565 */ 9566 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = "mountable::start-stop-type"; 9567 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE; 9568 9569 /** 9570 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device. 9571 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9572 */ 9573 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = "mountable::unix-device"; 9574 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE; 9575 9576 /** 9577 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device file. 9578 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9579 */ 9580 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = "mountable::unix-device-file"; 9581 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE; 9582 9583 /** 9584 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the file owner's group. 9585 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9586 */ 9587 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = "owner::group"; 9588 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP; 9589 9590 /** 9591 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the user name of the 9592 * file's owner. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9593 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9594 */ 9595 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = "owner::user"; 9596 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER; 9597 9598 /** 9599 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the real name of the 9600 * user that owns the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9601 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9602 */ 9603 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = "owner::user-real"; 9604 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL; 9605 9606 /** 9607 * A key in the "preview" namespace for getting a #GIcon that can be 9608 * used to get preview of the file. For example, it may be a low 9609 * resolution thumbnail without metadata. Corresponding 9610 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. The value 9611 * for this key should contain a #GIcon. 9612 */ 9613 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = "preview::icon"; 9614 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON; 9615 9616 /** 9617 * A key in the "recent" namespace for getting time, when the metadata for the 9618 * file in `recent:///` was last changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9619 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT64. 9620 */ 9621 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = "recent::modified"; 9622 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED; 9623 9624 /** 9625 * A key in the "selinux" namespace for getting the file's SELinux 9626 * context. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9627 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. Note that this attribute is only 9628 * available if GLib has been built with SELinux support. 9629 */ 9630 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = "selinux::context"; 9631 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT; 9632 9633 /** 9634 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the amount of disk space 9635 * that is consumed by the file (in bytes). This will generally be larger 9636 * than the file size (due to block size overhead) but can occasionally be 9637 * smaller (for example, for sparse files). 9638 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9639 */ 9640 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = "standard::allocated-size"; 9641 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE; 9642 9643 /** 9644 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the content type of the file. 9645 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9646 * The value for this key should contain a valid content type. 9647 */ 9648 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::content-type"; 9649 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE; 9650 9651 /** 9652 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the copy name of the file. 9653 * The copy name is an optional version of the name. If available it's always 9654 * in UTF8, and corresponds directly to the original filename (only transcoded to 9655 * UTF8). This is useful if you want to copy the file to another filesystem that 9656 * might have a different encoding. If the filename is not a valid string in the 9657 * encoding selected for the filesystem it is in then the copy name will not be set. 9658 * 9659 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9660 */ 9661 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = "standard::copy-name"; 9662 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME; 9663 9664 /** 9665 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the description of the file. 9666 * The description is a utf8 string that describes the file, generally containing 9667 * the filename, but can also contain furter information. Example descriptions 9668 * could be "filename (on hostname)" for a remote file or "filename (in trash)" 9669 * for a file in the trash. This is useful for instance as the window title 9670 * when displaying a directory or for a bookmarks menu. 9671 * 9672 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9673 */ 9674 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = "standard::description"; 9675 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION; 9676 9677 /** 9678 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the display name of the file. 9679 * A display name is guaranteed to be in UTF8 and can thus be displayed in 9680 * the UI. 9681 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9682 */ 9683 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = "standard::display-name"; 9684 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME; 9685 9686 /** 9687 * A key in the "standard" namespace for edit name of the file. 9688 * An edit name is similar to the display name, but it is meant to be 9689 * used when you want to rename the file in the UI. The display name 9690 * might contain information you don't want in the new filename (such as 9691 * "(invalid unicode)" if the filename was in an invalid encoding). 9692 * 9693 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9694 */ 9695 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = "standard::edit-name"; 9696 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME; 9697 9698 /** 9699 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the fast content type. 9700 * The fast content type isn't as reliable as the regular one, as it 9701 * only uses the filename to guess it, but it is faster to calculate than the 9702 * regular content type. 9703 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9704 */ 9705 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::fast-content-type"; 9706 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE; 9707 9708 /** 9709 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the icon for the file. 9710 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 9711 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 9712 */ 9713 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = "standard::icon"; 9714 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON; 9715 9716 /** 9717 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is a backup file. 9718 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9719 */ 9720 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = "standard::is-backup"; 9721 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP; 9722 9723 /** 9724 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is hidden. 9725 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9726 */ 9727 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = "standard::is-hidden"; 9728 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN; 9729 9730 /** 9731 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if the file is a symlink. 9732 * Typically the actual type is something else, if we followed the symlink 9733 * to get the type. 9734 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9735 */ 9736 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = "standard::is-symlink"; 9737 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK; 9738 9739 /** 9740 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is virtual. 9741 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9742 */ 9743 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = "standard::is-virtual"; 9744 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL; 9745 9746 /** 9747 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is 9748 * volatile. This is meant for opaque, non-POSIX-like backends to 9749 * indicate that the URI is not persistent. Applications should look 9750 * at #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET for the persistent URI. 9751 * 9752 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9753 */ 9754 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = "standard::is-volatile"; 9755 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE; 9756 9757 /** 9758 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the name of the file. 9759 * The name is the on-disk filename which may not be in any known encoding, 9760 * and can thus not be generally displayed as is. 9761 * Use #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME if you need to display the 9762 * name in a user interface. 9763 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9764 */ 9765 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = "standard::name"; 9766 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME; 9767 9768 /** 9769 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the file's size (in bytes). 9770 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9771 */ 9772 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = "standard::size"; 9773 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE; 9774 9775 /** 9776 * A key in the "standard" namespace for setting the sort order of a file. 9777 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32. 9778 * An example use would be in file managers, which would use this key 9779 * to set the order files are displayed. Files with smaller sort order 9780 * should be sorted first, and files without sort order as if sort order 9781 * was zero. 9782 */ 9783 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = "standard::sort-order"; 9784 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER; 9785 9786 /** 9787 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symbolic icon for the file. 9788 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 9789 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 9790 */ 9791 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = "standard::symbolic-icon"; 9792 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON; 9793 9794 /** 9795 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symlink target, if the file 9796 * is a symlink. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9797 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9798 */ 9799 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = "standard::symlink-target"; 9800 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET; 9801 9802 /** 9803 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the target URI for the file, in 9804 * the case of %G_FILE_TYPE_SHORTCUT or %G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE files. 9805 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9806 */ 9807 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = "standard::target-uri"; 9808 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI; 9809 9810 /** 9811 * A key in the "standard" namespace for storing file types. 9812 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9813 * The value for this key should contain a #GFileType. 9814 */ 9815 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = "standard::type"; 9816 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE; 9817 9818 /** 9819 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking if thumbnailing failed. 9820 * This attribute is %TRUE if thumbnailing failed. Corresponding 9821 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9822 */ 9823 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = "thumbnail::failed"; 9824 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED; 9825 9826 /** 9827 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking whether the thumbnail is outdated. 9828 * This attribute is %TRUE if the thumbnail is up-to-date with the file it represents, 9829 * and %FALSE if the file has been modified since the thumbnail was generated. 9830 * 9831 * If %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED is %TRUE and this attribute is %FALSE, 9832 * it indicates that thumbnailing may be attempted again and may succeed. 9833 * 9834 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9835 */ 9836 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = "thumbnail::is-valid"; 9837 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID; 9838 9839 /** 9840 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for getting the path to the thumbnail 9841 * image. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9842 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9843 */ 9844 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = "thumbnail::path"; 9845 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH; 9846 9847 /** 9848 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 9849 * accessed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9850 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the 9851 * file was last accessed, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. 9852 */ 9853 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = "time::access"; 9854 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS; 9855 9856 /** 9857 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9858 * the file was last accessed. This should be used in conjunction with 9859 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9860 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9861 */ 9862 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = "time::access-usec"; 9863 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC; 9864 9865 /** 9866 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 9867 * changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 9868 * and contains the time since the file was last changed, in seconds since the 9869 * UNIX epoch. 9870 * 9871 * This corresponds to the traditional UNIX ctime. 9872 */ 9873 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = "time::changed"; 9874 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED; 9875 9876 /** 9877 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9878 * the file was last changed. This should be used in conjunction with 9879 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9880 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9881 */ 9882 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = "time::changed-usec"; 9883 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC; 9884 9885 /** 9886 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was created. 9887 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 9888 * and contains the time since the file was created, in seconds since the UNIX 9889 * epoch. 9890 * 9891 * This corresponds to the NTFS ctime. 9892 */ 9893 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = "time::created"; 9894 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED; 9895 9896 /** 9897 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9898 * the file was created. This should be used in conjunction with 9899 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9900 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9901 */ 9902 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = "time::created-usec"; 9903 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC; 9904 9905 /** 9906 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 9907 * modified. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9908 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the 9909 * file was modified, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. 9910 */ 9911 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = "time::modified"; 9912 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED; 9913 9914 /** 9915 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9916 * the file was last modified. This should be used in conjunction with 9917 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9918 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9919 */ 9920 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = "time::modified-usec"; 9921 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC; 9922 9923 /** 9924 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 9925 * items in `trash:///`, will return the date and time when the file 9926 * was trashed. The format of the returned string is YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss. 9927 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9928 */ 9929 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = "trash::deletion-date"; 9930 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE; 9931 9932 /** 9933 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 9934 * `trash:///` returns the number of (toplevel) items in the trash folder. 9935 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9936 */ 9937 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = "trash::item-count"; 9938 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT; 9939 9940 /** 9941 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 9942 * items in `trash:///`, will return the original path to the file before it 9943 * was trashed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9944 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9945 */ 9946 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = "trash::orig-path"; 9947 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH; 9948 9949 /** 9950 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of blocks allocated 9951 * for the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 9952 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9953 */ 9954 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = "unix::blocks"; 9955 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS; 9956 9957 /** 9958 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the block size for the file 9959 * system. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 9960 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9961 */ 9962 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = "unix::block-size"; 9963 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE; 9964 9965 /** 9966 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device id of the device the 9967 * file is located on (see stat() documentation). This attribute is only 9968 * available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9969 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9970 */ 9971 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix::device"; 9972 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE; 9973 9974 /** 9975 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the group ID for the file. 9976 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 9977 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9978 */ 9979 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = "unix::gid"; 9980 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID; 9981 9982 /** 9983 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the inode of the file. 9984 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding 9985 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9986 */ 9987 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = "unix::inode"; 9988 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE; 9989 9990 /** 9991 * A key in the "unix" namespace for checking if the file represents a 9992 * UNIX mount point. This attribute is %TRUE if the file is a UNIX mount 9993 * point. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 9994 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9995 */ 9996 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = "unix::is-mountpoint"; 9997 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT; 9998 9999 /** 10000 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the mode of the file 10001 * (e.g. whether the file is a regular file, symlink, etc). See lstat() 10002 * documentation. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10003 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10004 */ 10005 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = "unix::mode"; 10006 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE; 10007 10008 /** 10009 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of hard links 10010 * for a file. See lstat() documentation. This attribute is only available 10011 * for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10012 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10013 */ 10014 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = "unix::nlink"; 10015 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK; 10016 10017 /** 10018 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device ID for the file 10019 * (if it is a special file). See lstat() documentation. This attribute 10020 * is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 10021 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10022 */ 10023 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = "unix::rdev"; 10024 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV; 10025 10026 /** 10027 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the user ID for the file. 10028 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10029 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10030 */ 10031 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = "unix::uid"; 10032 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID; 10033 10034 /** 10035 * The menu item attribute which holds the action name of the item. Action 10036 * names are namespaced with an identifier for the action group in which the 10037 * action resides. For example, "win." for window-specific actions and "app." 10038 * for application-wide actions. 10039 * 10040 * See also g_menu_model_get_item_attribute() and g_menu_item_set_attribute(). 10041 */ 10042 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = "action"; 10043 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION; 10044 10045 /** 10046 * The menu item attribute that holds the namespace for all action names in 10047 * menus that are linked from this item. 10048 */ 10049 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = "action-namespace"; 10050 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE; 10051 10052 /** 10053 * The menu item attribute which holds the icon of the item. 10054 * 10055 * The icon is stored in the format returned by g_icon_serialize(). 10056 * 10057 * This attribute is intended only to represent 'noun' icons such as 10058 * favicons for a webpage, or application icons. It should not be used 10059 * for 'verbs' (ie: stock icons). 10060 */ 10061 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = "icon"; 10062 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON; 10063 10064 /** 10065 * The menu item attribute which holds the label of the item. 10066 */ 10067 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = "label"; 10068 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL; 10069 10070 /** 10071 * The menu item attribute which holds the target with which the item's action 10072 * will be activated. 10073 * 10074 * See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() 10075 */ 10076 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = "target"; 10077 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET; 10078 10079 /** 10080 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a section. The linked 10081 * menu will usually be shown in place of the menu item, using the item's label 10082 * as a header. 10083 * 10084 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10085 */ 10086 enum MENU_LINK_SECTION = "section"; 10087 alias G_MENU_LINK_SECTION = MENU_LINK_SECTION; 10088 10089 /** 10090 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a submenu. 10091 * 10092 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10093 */ 10094 enum MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = "submenu"; 10095 alias G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = MENU_LINK_SUBMENU; 10096 10097 enum NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-native-volume-monitor"; 10098 alias G_NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10099 10100 /** 10101 * Extension point for network status monitoring functionality. 10102 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10103 */ 10104 enum NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-network-monitor"; 10105 alias G_NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10106 10107 /** 10108 * Extension point for proxy functionality. 10109 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10110 */ 10111 enum PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy"; 10112 alias G_PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10113 10114 /** 10115 * Extension point for proxy resolving functionality. 10116 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10117 */ 10118 enum PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy-resolver"; 10119 alias G_PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10120 10121 /** 10122 * Extension point for #GSettingsBackend functionality. 10123 */ 10124 enum SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gsettings-backend"; 10125 alias G_SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10126 10127 /** 10128 * Extension point for TLS functionality via #GTlsBackend. 10129 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10130 */ 10131 enum TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-tls-backend"; 10132 alias G_TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10133 10134 /** 10135 * The purpose used to verify the client certificate in a TLS connection. 10136 * Used by TLS servers. 10137 */ 10138 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2"; 10139 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT; 10140 10141 /** 10142 * The purpose used to verify the server certificate in a TLS connection. This 10143 * is the most common purpose in use. Used by TLS clients. 10144 */ 10145 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1"; 10146 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER; 10147 10148 /** 10149 * Extension point for #GVfs functionality. 10150 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10151 */ 10152 enum VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-vfs"; 10153 alias G_VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10154 10155 /** 10156 * The string used to obtain the volume class with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10157 * 10158 * Known volume classes include `device` and `network`. Other classes may 10159 * be added in the future. 10160 * 10161 * This is intended to be used by applications to classify #GVolume 10162 * instances into different sections - for example a file manager or 10163 * file chooser can use this information to show `network` volumes under 10164 * a "Network" heading and `device` volumes under a "Devices" heading. 10165 */ 10166 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = "class"; 10167 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS; 10168 10169 /** 10170 * The string used to obtain a Hal UDI with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10171 */ 10172 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = "hal-udi"; 10173 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI; 10174 10175 /** 10176 * The string used to obtain a filesystem label with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10177 */ 10178 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = "label"; 10179 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL; 10180 10181 /** 10182 * The string used to obtain a NFS mount with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10183 */ 10184 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = "nfs-mount"; 10185 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT; 10186 10187 /** 10188 * The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10189 */ 10190 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix-device"; 10191 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE; 10192 10193 /** 10194 * The string used to obtain a UUID with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10195 */ 10196 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = "uuid"; 10197 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID; 10198 10199 /** 10200 * Extension point for volume monitor functionality. 10201 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10202 */ 10203 enum VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-volume-monitor"; 10204 alias G_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME;